Updated format of multiple meanings in notes (#2095)

Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2095
Co-authored-by: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Co-committed-by: Larry Sallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>

en_tn_41-MAT.tsv

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ MAT	2	1	ft22		ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν	1	from the east	“from a country far
 MAT	2	2	v5t4		ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων?	1	Where is the one who has been born King of the Jews?	The men knew from studying the stars that the one who would become king had been born. They were trying to learn where he was. Alternate translation: “A baby who will become the king of the Jews has been born. Where is he?”
 MAT	2	2	zj7c		αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα	1	his star	They were not saying that the baby was the rightful owner of the **star**. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth”
 MAT	2	2	a7y9		ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ	1	in the east	“as it came up in the east” or “while we were in our country”
-MAT	2	2	v248		προσκυνῆσαι	1	to worship	This could mean: (1) They intended to **worship** the baby as divine. (2) They wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
+MAT	2	2	v248		προσκυνῆσαι	1	to worship	This could mean: (1) they intended to **worship** the baby as divine. (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
 MAT	2	3	p5rw		ἐταράχθη	1	became troubled	“he was worried.” Herod was worried that this baby would replace him as king.
 MAT	2	3	qu3d	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	all Jerusalem	Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people.Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	2	3	mc1r	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	all Jerusalem	Here, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ MAT	3	16	n8bk			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of the part of the story
 MAT	3	16	inf6	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθεὶς δὲ	1	But having been baptized	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But after John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	3	16	sf5w		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
 MAT	3	16	jh1v	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί	1	the heavens were opened to him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus saw the sky open” or “God opened the heavens to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	3	16	e3na	figs-simile	καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν	1	coming down like a dove	This could mean: (1) Matthew is simply saying that the Spirit was in the form of a **dove**. (2) This is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a **dove** would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MAT	3	16	e3na	figs-simile	καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν	1	coming down like a dove	This could mean: (1) the Spirit was in the form of a **dove**. (2) this is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a **dove** would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MAT	3	17	m2wk	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα	1	a voice from the heavens saying	“Jesus heard a voice from heaven saying.” Here, **voice** refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	3	17	myz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	4	intro	hgw2			0		# Matthew 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the kingdom of heaven has come near”<br><br>No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.”<br><br>### “If you are the Son of God”<br><br>The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son ([Matthew 3:17](../../mat/03/17.md)), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ MAT	4	1	wy4b	figs-activepassive	πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ δια
 MAT	4	2	iw2i		νηστεύσας…ἐπείνασεν	1	having fasted … he was hungry	These refer to Jesus.
 MAT	4	2	cft7	translate-numbers	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα	1	40 days and 40 nights	“forty days and forty nights.” This refers to 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MAT	4	3	vl86		ὁ πειράζων	1	the tempter	These words refer to the same being as “the devil” (verse 1). You may have to use the same word to translate both.
-MAT	4	3	l1lk		εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ	1	If you are the Son of God, speak	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) This is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” (2) This is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by speaking”
+MAT	4	3	l1lk		εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ	1	If you are the Son of God, speak	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) this is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by speaking”
 MAT	4	3	c1ac	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	4	3	m1va	figs-quotations	εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται	1	speak so that these stones might become bread	You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “say to these stones, ‘Become bread.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 MAT	4	3	t3xm	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτοι	1	bread	Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ MAT	4	4	fd67	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	You can state
 MAT	4	4	rld7		οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Man will not live by bread alone	This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
 MAT	4	4	jl6f	figs-metonymy	ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ	1	but by every word that comes through the mouth of God	Here, **word** and **mouth** refer to what God says. Alternate translation: “but by listening to everything that God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	4	5	r4a5			0	General Information:	In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.
-MAT	4	6	fa8l		εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) This is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” (2) This is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
+MAT	4	6	fa8l		εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down	It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the **Son of God**. This could mean: (1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
 MAT	4	6	x2vg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	4	6	c5kr		βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω	1	throw yourself down	“let yourself fall to the ground” or “jump down”
 MAT	4	6	a5h2	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	for it is written	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the writer wrote in the scriptures” or “for it says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ MAT	5	2	q9mm	figs-idiom	ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	having o
 MAT	5	2	ji1p		ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς	1	he taught them	The word **them** refers to his disciples.
 MAT	5	3	j7ct	figs-idiom	οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι	1	the poor in spirit	This means someone who is humble. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	5	3	wpi6	figs-metonymy	ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “for God in the heavens will be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	5	4	pgy8		οἱ πενθοῦντες	1	those who mourn	This could mean: (1) They are sad for the sinfulness of the world. (2) They are sad for their own sins. (3) They are sad for the death of someone. Do not specify the reason for mourning unless your language requires it.
+MAT	5	4	pgy8		οἱ πενθοῦντες	1	those who mourn	This could mean: (1) they are sad for the sinfulness of the world. (2) They are sad for their own sins. (3) they are sad for the death of someone. Do not specify the reason for mourning unless your language requires it.
 MAT	5	4	lie5	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται	1	they will be comforted	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	5	5	mvb1		οἱ πραεῖς	1	the meek	“the gentle” or “those who do not rely on their own power”
 MAT	5	5	iy1y		αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν	1	they will inherit the earth	“God will give them the entire earth”
@@ -262,8 +262,8 @@ MAT	5	11	rk69		εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψε
 MAT	5	11	eez3		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	“because you follow me” or “because you believe in me”
 MAT	5	12	ssk9	figs-doublet	χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε	1	Rejoice and be very glad	Here, **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean almost the same thing. Jesus wanted his hearers not merely to rejoice but to do even more than rejoice if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 MAT	5	13	qp6l			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about how his disciples are like salt and light.
-MAT	5	13	i3zp	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς	1	You are the salt of the earth	This could mean: (1) Just as **salt** makes food good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) Just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	5	13	jv56	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	if the salt may have lost its taste	This could mean: (1) The salt has lost its power to do things that salt does. (2) The salt has lost its flavor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	5	13	i3zp	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς	1	You are the salt of the earth	This could mean: (1) just as **salt** makes food good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	5	13	jv56	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	if the salt may have lost its taste	This could mean: (1) the salt has lost its power to do things that salt does. (2) the salt has lost its flavor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	5	13	wp9g	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?	1	with what can it be made salty again?	“how can it be made useful again?” You can state this as a fact. Alternate translation: “there is no way for it to become useful again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	5	13	yoif	figs-metaphor	ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?	1	with what might it be made salty again?	Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. Alternate translation: “a person who stops following Jesus cannot be made useful again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	5	13	e7cz	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	except to be thrown out to be trampled by men	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -405,10 +405,10 @@ MAT	6	5	e12v	figs-explicit	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποι
 MAT	6	5	rzpj	figs-activepassive	ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	so that they may be seen by men	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	6	5	z3h6		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	6	6	dqv4		εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν σου	1	enter into your inner chamber, and having shut your door	“go to a private place” or “go where you can be alone”
-MAT	6	6	vdr7		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	to your Father who is in secret	This could mean: (1) No one can see God. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is invisible” (2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is with you in private”
+MAT	6	6	vdr7		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	to your Father who is in secret	This could mean: (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is invisible” (2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: “to your Father, who is with you in private”
 MAT	6	6	kkn7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	to your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	6	6	eb6r		ὁ Πατήρ σου, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	your Father who sees in secret	“your Father will see what you do in private and”
-MAT	6	7	d1t2		μὴ βατταλογήσητε	1	do not make useless repetitions	This could mean: (1) The **repetitions** are **useless**. Alternate translation: “do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again” (2) The words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: “do not keeping repeating meaningless words”
+MAT	6	7	d1t2		μὴ βατταλογήσητε	1	do not make useless repetitions	This could mean: (1) the **repetitions** are **useless**. Alternate translation: “do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again” (2) the words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: “do not keeping repeating meaningless words”
 MAT	6	7	a8ai	figs-activepassive	εἰσακουσθήσονται	1	they will be heard	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	6	8	fr1d	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words **you** and **your** are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words **you** and **your** are singular and refer to God, “Our Father in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MAT	6	8	nv9i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ MAT	6	16	q19r			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach about fasting.
 MAT	6	16	xv6b		ἀφανίζουσιν…τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν	1	they disfigure their faces	The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting.
 MAT	6	16	ix6h		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	6	17	k283		ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν	1	anoint your head	“put oil in your hair” or “groom your hair.” To **anoint** the **head** here is to take normal care of one’s hair. It has nothing to do with “Christ” meaning “anointed one.” Jesus means that people should look the same whether they are fasting or not.
-MAT	6	18	d27s		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	to your Father who is in secret	This could mean: (1) No one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” (2) God is with that person who fasts secretly. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private” See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
+MAT	6	18	d27s		τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	to your Father who is in secret	This could mean: (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” (2) God is with that person who fasts secretly. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private” See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
 MAT	6	18	m56a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρί σου	1	to your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	6	18	tby8		ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ	1	who sees in secret	“who sees what you do in private.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
 MAT	6	19	afg9	figs-you		0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural, except in verse 21, where they are singular. In some languages these occurrences of “you” and “your” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ MAT	7	1	xk6w	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε	1	Do not judge	It is implied her
 MAT	7	1	bk8y	figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you may not be judged	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	7	2	f9nb		γὰρ	1	For	Be sure the reader understands the statement in 7:2 is based on what Jesus said in 7:1.
 MAT	7	2	kj24	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε	1	with the judgment you judge, you will be judged	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	7	2	mt3d		ᾧ μέτρῳ	1	the measure	This could mean: (1) This is the amount of punishment given. (2) This is the standard used for judgment.
+MAT	7	2	mt3d		ᾧ μέτρῳ	1	the measure	This could refer to: (1) the amount of punishment given. (2) the standard used for judgment.
 MAT	7	2	wgh2	figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be measured out to you	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure it out to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	7	3	hzb4			0	General Information:	Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural.
 MAT	7	3	em5r	figs-rquestion	τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος…τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	Why do you look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye?	Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people’s sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” or “Do not look at the speck … and ignore the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ MAT	7	12	b1x2	figs-metonymy	οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος κα
 MAT	7	13	uhb3			0	General Information:	This image of walking through a wide gate to destruction or a narrow gate to life represents how people live and the results of how they live. When you translate, use appropriate words for “wide” and “broad” that are as different as possible from “narrow” in order to emphasize the differences between the two sets of gates and ways.
 MAT	7	13	dgr2	figs-metaphor	εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης…πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς	1	Enter through the narrow gate … there are many who are entering through it	This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a **gate** into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	7	13	j8xn		εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης	1	Enter through the narrow gate	You may need to move this to the end of verse 14: “Therefore, enter through the narrow gate.”
-MAT	7	13	y9ru		τῆς στενῆς πύλης…ἡ ὁδὸς	1	the narrow gate … the way	This could mean: (1) The **way** refers to the road that leads to the **gate** of a kingdom. (2) The **gate** and **way** both refer to the entrance to the kingdom.
+MAT	7	13	y9ru		τῆς στενῆς πύλης…ἡ ὁδὸς	1	the narrow gate … the way	This could mean: (1) the **way** refers to the road that leads to the **gate** of a kingdom. (2) the **gate** and **way** both refer to the entrance to the kingdom.
 MAT	7	13	zv24	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν	1	to destruction	This abstract noun can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “to the place where people die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAT	7	14	x8u9			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to speak of people choosing how they are going to live as if they are choosing whether to go on one path or another.
 MAT	7	14	wlr9	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1	to life	The abstract noun **life** can be translated using the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “to the place where people live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ MAT	7	21	c6yz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	of my
 MAT	7	22	mp6e	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	in that day	Jesus said **that day** knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. You should include “the day of judgment” only if your readers would not understand otherwise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	7	22	m9py	figs-rquestion	οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν?	1	did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name do many mighty deeds?	The people use a question to emphasize that they did these things. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	7	22	t5j7	figs-exclusive	οὐ…ἐπροφητεύσαμεν	1	did we not prophesy	This **we** does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-MAT	7	22	hg17	figs-metonymy	τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι	1	in your name	This could mean: (1) This refers to his authority or power. (2) This means they were doing what he wanted them to do. or (3) This means they were asking him for the power to do it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	7	22	hg17	figs-metonymy	τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι	1	in your name	This could mean: (1) this refers to his authority or power. (2) they were doing what he wanted them to do. or (3) they were asking him for the power to do it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	7	22	p67f		δυνάμεις	1	mighty deeds	“miracles”
 MAT	7	23	d4y5	figs-idiom	οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς	1	I never knew you	This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: “You are not my follower” or “I have nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	7	24	fg9k		οὖν	1	Therefore	“For that reason”
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ MAT	8	4	gzy6		αὐτῷ	1	to him	This refers to the man that Jesus just healed.
 MAT	8	4	gt5s		ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς	1	See that you may tell no one	“Do not say anything to anyone” or “Do not tell anyone I healed you”
 MAT	8	4	zi3a	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	show yourself to the priest	Jewish law required that the person **show** his healed skin **to the priest**, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	8	4	tq9l	figs-explicit	προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them	The law of **Moses** required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were ostracized, banned from the community, until they had proof of their healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	8	4	rj8u	figs-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	to them	This could mean: (1) This refers to the priests. (2) This refers to all the people. (3) This refers to the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
+MAT	8	4	rj8u	figs-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	to them	This could refer to: (1) the priests. (2) all the people. (3) the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
 MAT	8	5	sxz8			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
 MAT	8	5	vzb9		προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ…παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν	1	came to him, begging him	Here both instances of **him** refer to Jesus.
 MAT	8	6	cr8h		παραλυτικός	1	paralyzed	unable to move because of disease or stroke
@@ -628,14 +628,14 @@ MAT	8	20	qqvq	figs-ellipsis	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κα
 MAT	8	20	qvm5	figs-123person	ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	2	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	8	20	yl4s	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	does not have where he might lay his head	This refers to a place to sleep. Alternate translation: “has no place of his own to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	8	21	hlx9		ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	permit me first to go away and to bury my father	It is unclear whether the man’s **father** has died and he will **bury** him immediately, or if the man wants to stay for a longer amount of time until his father dies so he can bury him then. The main point is that the man wants to do something else first before he follows Jesus.
-MAT	8	22	h7fb	figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	allow the dead to bury their own dead	Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Here, **the dead** could mean: (1) It is a metaphor for those who will soon die. (2) It is a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	8	22	h7fb	figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	allow the dead to bury their own dead	Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Here, **the dead** could be: (1) a metaphor for those who will soon die. (2) a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	8	23	us1s			0	Connecting Statement:	Here the scene shifts to the account of Jesus calming a storm as he and his disciples cross the Sea of Galilee.
 MAT	8	23	e8k1		καὶ ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς πλοῖον	1	And when he had entered into a boat	“And when he got into a boat”
 MAT	8	23	sl7v		ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples followed him	Try to use the same words for **disciples** and **followed** that you used in ([Matthew 8:21-22](../08/21.md)).
 MAT	8	24	j55j		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “suddenly” or “without warning”
 MAT	8	24	x7k1	figs-activepassive	σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	a great storm happened on the sea	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a powerful storm arose on the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	8	24	m6w8	figs-activepassive	ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων	1	so that the boat was covered by the waves	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the waves covered the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT	8	25	k2hd		ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	they woke him, saying, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”	This could mean: (1) They first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” (2) As they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”
+MAT	8	25	k2hd		ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	they woke him, saying, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”	This could mean: (1) they first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!” (2) as they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us, Lord; we are perishing!”
 MAT	8	25	b2wh	figs-exclusive	Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	Save us, Lord; we are perishing!	If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 MAT	8	25	xf5d		ἀπολλύμεθα	1	we are perishing	“we are about to die”
 MAT	8	26	jmt8		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	“to the disciples”
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ MAT	9	2	k5eh		τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	their faith	This refers to the
 MAT	9	2	k9qq		τέκνον	1	Child	The man was not Jesus’ real son. Jesus was speaking to him politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “My friend” or “Young man” or even omitted.
 MAT	9	2	iys2	figs-activepassive	ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins are forgiven	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	9	3	a35d		ἰδού	1	behold	This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
-MAT	9	3	f88r		ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	among themselves	This could mean: (1) Each one was thinking to himself. (2) They were speaking among themselves.
+MAT	9	3	f88r		ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	among themselves	This could mean: (1) each one was thinking to himself. (2) they were speaking among themselves.
 MAT	9	3	mq8v		βλασφημεῖ	1	blasphemes	Jesus was claiming to be able to do things the scribes thought only God can do.
 MAT	9	4	u643		ἰδὼν…τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν	1	having known their thoughts	Jesus knew what they were thinking either supernaturally or because he could see them talking to each other.
 MAT	9	4	n4yl	figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	For what reason do you think evil in your hearts?	Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ MAT	10	2	t59v	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a br
 MAT	10	2	f1vu		τῶν…δώδεκα ἀποστόλων	1	of the 12 apostles	This is the same group as the “12 disciples” in [Matthew 10:1](../10/01.md).
 MAT	10	2	sc7b	translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1	first	This is first in order, not in rank. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MAT	10	3	g6eg		Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης	1	Matthew the tax collector	“Matthew, who was a tax collector”
-MAT	10	4	n4st		ὁ Καναναῖος	1	the Zealot	This could mean: (1) The word **Zealot** is a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the patriot” or “the nationalist” (2) The word **Zealot** is a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the zealous one” or “the passionate one”
+MAT	10	4	n4st		ὁ Καναναῖος	1	the Zealot	The word **Zealot** could be: (1) a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the patriot” or “the nationalist” (2) a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the zealous one” or “the passionate one”
 MAT	10	4	kmp2		ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν	1	who also betrayed him	“who would betray Jesus”
 MAT	10	5	sn9v	figs-events		0	General Information:	Although verse 5 begins by saying that he sent out the twelve, Jesus gave these instructions before he sent them out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 MAT	10	5	aw5h			0	Connecting Statement:	Here Jesus begins to give instructions to his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ MAT	10	13	qip2	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your … your	These are plural
 MAT	10	13	kc9m	figs-metonymy	μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	1	the house might be worthy … it might not be worthy	Here, **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is not worthy, a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	10	13	q75a	figs-metonymy	ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	let your peace come upon it	The word **it** refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “let them receive your peace” or “let them receive the peace that you greeted them with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	10	13	ha8f	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία	2	if it might not be worthy	The word **it** means the house, and “house” refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	10	13	my3y		ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω	1	let your peace return to you	This could mean: (1) If the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household. (2) If the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
+MAT	10	13	my3y		ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω	1	let your peace return to you	This could mean: (1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household. (2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
 MAT	10	14	yn9k			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
 MAT	10	14	m8e9		καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ	1	And whoever might not receive you nor listen to	“And if no people in that house or city will receive you or listen to”
 MAT	10	14	w5py	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν	1	you … your	This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ MAT	10	25	u355		εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ
 MAT	10	25	bg2l		πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	how much worse the members of his household	“the names that they call the members of his household will certainly be much worse” or “they will certainly call the members of his household much worse names”
 MAT	10	25	cp96		εἰ…ἐπεκάλεσαν	1	If they called	“Since people have called”
 MAT	10	25	pu5y	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην	1	the master of the house	Jesus is using this as a metaphor for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	10	25	y5md		Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	This name can either translated as follows: (1) It can be transcribed directly as “Beelzebul.” (2) It can be translated with its original, intended meaning of “Satan.”
+MAT	10	25	y5md		Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	The name **Beelzebul** could be translated: (1) as “Beelzebul.” (2) with its original, intended meaning of “Satan.”
 MAT	10	25	r5ll	figs-metaphor	τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	the members of his household	This is a metaphor for Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	10	26	zb2j			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
 MAT	10	26	twv2		μὴ…φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς	1	do not fear them	Here, **them** refers to the people who mistreat followers of Jesus.
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ MAT	12	8	l7g3	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son
 MAT	12	8	jx98		Κύριος…ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	is Lord of the Sabbath	“rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath”
 MAT	12	9	i489			0	General Information:	Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath.
 MAT	12	9	hns8		καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν	1	And having departed from there	“After Jesus left the grain fields” or “When Jesus left from there”
-MAT	12	9	y4me		τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	their synagogue	This could mean: (1) The word **their** refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” (2) The word **their** refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
+MAT	12	9	y4me		τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν	1	their synagogue	The word **their** could refer to: (1) the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” (2) the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”
 MAT	12	10	kjf6		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
 MAT	12	10	xb13		ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν	1	there was a man having a withered hand	“there was a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “there was a man with a crippled hand”
 MAT	12	10	t948		ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	they questioned him, saying, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?” so that they might accuse him	“the Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”
@@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ MAT	12	32	z3ma	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be
 MAT	12	32	hfs4		οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will not be forgiven him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive that person”
 MAT	12	32	lw5j	figs-metonymy	οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι	1	neither in this age, nor in the one coming	Here, **this age** and **the one coming** refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	12	33	d73d			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
-MAT	12	33	bi8z	writing-proverbs	ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν	1	Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad	This could mean: (1) If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad. (2) This is a proverb that means if you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
+MAT	12	33	bi8z	writing-proverbs	ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν	1	Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad	This could mean: (1) if you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad. (2) this is a proverb that means if you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 MAT	12	33	kl16		καλὸν…σαπρὸν	1	good … bad	“healthy … diseased”
 MAT	12	33	kz12	figs-metaphor	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	for the tree is recognized by its fruit	Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for what a person does. Alternate translation: “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	12	33	nx9n	figs-activepassive	ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται	1	for the tree is recognized by its fruit	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ MAT	12	41	k3q6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes a
 MAT	12	41	gnh1		ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	The men of Nineveh	“The citizens of Nineveh”
 MAT	12	41	b94i		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	“on judgment day” or “when God judges people”
 MAT	12	41	x8gm		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
-MAT	12	41	duz2	figs-metonymy	κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν	1	will condemn it	This could mean: (1) The word **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) God **will condemn** this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	12	41	duz2	figs-metonymy	κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν	1	will condemn it	The word **condemn** could: (1) here represent accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) mean God **will condemn** this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	12	41	qg29		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and behold	“and look.” This emphasizes what Jesus says next.
 MAT	12	41	dbs3		πλεῖον	1	something greater	“someone more important”
 MAT	12	41	zb6a	figs-123person	πλεῖον	1	something greater	Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ MAT	12	42	zwv7	translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	The Queen of the
 MAT	12	42	kku7		ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	will rise up at the judgment	“will stand up at the judgment”
 MAT	12	42	z46e		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	“on judgment day” or “when God judges people.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md).
 MAT	12	42	zc72		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
-MAT	12	42	k4ls	figs-metonymy	κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν	1	condemn them	See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md). This could mean: (1) The word **condemn** here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) God will **condemn** this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	12	42	k4ls	figs-metonymy	κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν	1	condemn them	See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md). The word **condemn** could: (1)  here represent accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) mean God will **condemn** this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	12	42	q8q8	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	she came from the ends of the earth	Here, **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “far away.” Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	12	42	t521	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon	This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 MAT	12	42	n99z		καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and behold	“and look.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
@@ -1349,9 +1349,9 @@ MAT	13	13	wc3u			0	General Information:	In verse 14, Jesus quotes the prophet Is
 MAT	13	13	hm4t			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to explain to his disciples why he teaches in parables.
 MAT	13	13	v6pb		αὐτοῖς…οὐ βλέπουσιν…οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	to them … they do not see … they do not hear	All occurrences of **them** and **they** refer to the people in the crowd.
 MAT	13	13	uk7j	figs-parallelism	ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν	1	because seeing, they do not see; and hearing, they do not hear nor understand	Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MAT	13	13	ae8k		βλέποντες	1	seeing	This could mean: (1) This refers to them **seeing** what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “though they see what I do” (2) This refers to their ability to see. Alternate translation: “though they are able to see”
+MAT	13	13	ae8k		βλέποντες	1	seeing	This could refer to: (1) them **seeing** what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “though they see what I do” (2) their ability to see. Alternate translation: “though they are able to see”
 MAT	13	13	nbi3	figs-metaphor	οὐ βλέπουσιν	1	they do not see	Here, **see** represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAT	13	13	j4bg		ἀκούοντες	1	hearing	This could mean: (1) This refers to them **hearing** what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “though they hear what I say” (2) This refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “though they are able to hear”
+MAT	13	13	j4bg		ἀκούοντες	1	hearing	This could refer to: (1) them **hearing** what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “though they hear what I say” (2) their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “though they are able to hear”
 MAT	13	13	gq65	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	they do not hear	Here, **hear** represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	13	14	jz9n		καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα	1	And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And they are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”
 MAT	13	14	z2es	figs-parallelism	ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε	1	In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand; and seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive	This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ MAT	14	19	vp7r		ἀνακλιθῆναι	1	to recline	“lie down.” Use the ve
 MAT	14	19	u613	figs-idiom	λαβὼν	1	he took	“he held in his hands.” He did not steal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	14	19	i34u		κλάσας, ἔδωκεν…τοὺς ἄρτους	1	having broken it, he gave the loaves	“after tearing the loaves into pieces, he gave them”
 MAT	14	19	bf1a		τοὺς ἄρτους	1	the loaves	“the pieces of the loaves of bread”
-MAT	14	19	t7ei		ἀναβλέψας	1	Having looked up	This could mean: (1) This refers to while they were looking up. (2) This refers to after they looked up.
+MAT	14	19	t7ei		ἀναβλέψας	1	Having looked up	This could refer to: (1) while they were looking up. (2) after they looked up.
 MAT	14	20	l2h8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν	1	and were filled	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “until they were full” or “until they were no longer hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	14	20	p73g		ἦραν	1	they took up	“the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”
 MAT	14	20	czj4	translate-numbers	δώδεκα κοφίνους πλήρεις	1	12 baskets full	“twelve baskets full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@ MAT	16	17	v5lw	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖ
 MAT	16	17	gi3l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MAT	16	18	z897		κἀγὼ δέ σοι λέγω	1	And I also say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	16	18	th3d	figs-explicit	σὺ εἶ Πέτρος	1	you are Peter	The name Peter means “rock.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAT	16	18	x43d	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	upon this rock I will build my church	Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. This could mean: (1) The phrase **this rock** represents Peter. (2) The phrase **this rock** represents the truth that Peter had just said in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MAT	16	18	x43d	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν	1	upon this rock I will build my church	Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. The phrase **this rock** could represent: (1) Peter. (2) the truth that Peter had just said in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	16	18	vu9u	figs-metonymy	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	the gates of Hades will not prevail against it	Here, **Hades** represents death, and its “gates” represent its power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	16	18	l6o0	figs-metaphor	πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς	1	the gates of Hades will not prevail against it	Here, **Hades** is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying the powers of death will not overcome his church. (2) Jesus is saying his church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	16	19	ysk8	figs-you	δώσω σοι	1	I will give to you	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ MAT	17	9	y9rq	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son
 MAT	17	10	nwt5	figs-explicit	τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον?	1	“Why then do the scribes say that it is necessary for Elijah to come first?”	The disciples are referring to the belief that **Elijah** will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	17	11	xbs2		ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα	1	will restore all things	“will put things in order” or “will get the people ready to receive the Messiah”
 MAT	17	12	whp9		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	But I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
-MAT	17	12	a4h7		ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν	1	they did … them	Here, **they** and **them** could mean: (1) These refer to the Jewish leaders. (2) These refer to all the Jewish people.
+MAT	17	12	a4h7		ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν	1	they did … them	Here, **they** and **them** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. (2) all the Jewish people.
 MAT	17	12	i74i	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	17	14	t687			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.
 MAT	17	15	ufb4	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν	1	have mercy on my son	It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. Alternate translation: “have mercy on my son and heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ MAT	18	20	kv9z	figs-explicit	δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	two or three	It is implied
 MAT	18	20	s5rx		συνηγμένοι	1	gathered together	“meeting together”
 MAT	18	20	l7vu	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα	1	in my name	Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	18	21	cys4	translate-numbers	ἑπτάκις	1	seven times	“7 times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-MAT	18	22	b19x	translate-numbers	ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	seventy times seven	This could mean: (1) This means 70 times 7. (2) This means 77 times. If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+MAT	18	22	b19x	translate-numbers	ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά	1	seventy times seven	This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MAT	18	23	n44s			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus uses a parable to teach about forgiveness and reconciliation.
 MAT	18	23	rqp1	figs-parables	ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to	This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MAT	18	23	bp72		συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ	1	to settle accounts with his slaves	“his slaves to pay him what they owed”
@@ -2358,7 +2358,7 @@ MAT	23	37	t9y7	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου	1	your children	Jesus is sp
 MAT	23	37	xv4t	figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	just as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings	This is a simile that emphasizes Jesus’ love for the people and how he wanted to take care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MAT	23	37	as8p	translate-unknown	ὄρνις	1	a hen	a female chicken. You can translate with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MAT	23	38	r6ss		ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος	1	your house is left to you desolate	“God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
-MAT	23	38	ck2z	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house	This could mean: (1) This refers to the city of Jerusalem. (2) This refers to the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MAT	23	38	ck2z	figs-metonymy	ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house	This could refer to: (1) the city of Jerusalem. (2) the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	23	39	i14n		λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν	1	For I say to you	This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	23	39	ig61	figs-metonymy	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου!	1	Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord!	Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	24	intro	h2a2			0		# Matthew 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The end of the age”<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### The example of Noah<br><br>In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let”<br><br>The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
@@ -2383,7 +2383,7 @@ MAT	24	9	u2bd	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	for the sake of m
 MAT	24	11	mi2e	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσονται	1	will be raised up	Here, **be raised up** is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	24	11	tjb3	figs-metaphor	καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς	1	and will lead many astray	Here, **lead … astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	24	12	w4af	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν	1	lawlessness will be increased	The abstract noun **lawlessness** can be translated with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MAT	24	12	bu9b	figs-idiom	ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	the love of many will grow cold	This could mean: (1) Many people will no longer love other people. (2) Many people will no longer love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	24	12	bu9b	figs-idiom	ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν	1	the love of many will grow cold	This could mean: (1) many people will no longer love other people. (2) many people will no longer love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	24	13	v3ex	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who has endured to the end, he will be saved	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	24	13	l1pp		ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας	1	But the one who has endured	“But the person who stays faithful”
 MAT	24	13	ht34		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	It is not clear whether **the end** refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
@@ -2409,7 +2409,7 @@ MAT	24	26	zxg2	figs-quotations	ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	Or
 MAT	24	26	n2pt		ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	he is in the inner rooms	“he is in a secret room” or “he is in secret places”
 MAT	24	27	j1w1	figs-simile	ὥσπερ…ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία	1	just as the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west, in the same way will be the coming	This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MAT	24	27	za8b	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	of the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MAT	24	28	mu35	writing-proverbs	ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	Wherever the corpse is, there the vultures will be gathered	This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) When the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come. (2) Wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
+MAT	24	28	mu35	writing-proverbs	ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί	1	Wherever the corpse is, there the vultures will be gathered	This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come. (2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 MAT	24	28	ivl8		οἱ ἀετοί	1	the vultures	birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying creatures
 MAT	24	29	zmm6		εὐθέως…μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος	1	immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun	“as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun”
 MAT	24	29	l15m		τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων	1	the tribulation of those days	“that time of suffering”
@@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ MAT	24	33	cu5a	figs-123person	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	he is near	Jesus is spea
 MAT	24	33	cfz8	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	at the gates	“close to the gates.” Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAT	24	34	j8np		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
 MAT	24	34	gld5	figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation may certainly not pass away	Here, **pass away** is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-MAT	24	34	y73t		ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	This could mean: (1) This refers to the people alive when Jesus was speaking. (2) This refers to all people alive when these things Jesus has just described happen. Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
+MAT	24	34	y73t		ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	This could refer to: (1) the people alive when Jesus was speaking. (2) all people alive when these things Jesus has just described happen. Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
 MAT	24	34	fb4k		ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται	1	until all these things may have happened	“until God causes all these things to happen”
 MAT	24	34	r6sk		οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	may certainly not pass away	“will certainly not disappear” or “will certainly remain alive”
 MAT	24	35	i8vv	figs-synecdoche	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται	1	The heaven and the earth will pass away	The phrase **the heaven and the earth** is a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even the heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2442,7 +2442,7 @@ MAT	24	39	ffa6		καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	and they did not know	You can
 MAT	24	39	ah5v		ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	took them all away—thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man	You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “too them all away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”
 MAT	24	40	ksk6			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.
 MAT	24	40	hth3		τότε	1	Then	This is when the Son of Man comes.
-MAT	24	40	gt4l	figs-activepassive	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	one is taken, and one is left	This could mean: (1) The Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment. (2) The angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAT	24	40	gt4l	figs-activepassive	εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται	1	one is taken, and one is left	This could mean: (1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment. (2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	24	42	j83i		οὖν	1	Therefore	“Because what I have just said is true,”
 MAT	24	42	s6ir		γρηγορεῖτε	1	be alert	“pay attention”
 MAT	24	43	ak6a	figs-parables	εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ποίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ	1	if the master of the house had known in what watch of night the thief is coming, he would have been alert and would not have allowed his house to be broken into	Jesus uses a parable of a **master** and a **thief** to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
@@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ MAT	24	51	rwd5	translate-symaction	ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ
 MAT	25	intro	qe8a			0		# Matthew 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the ten virgins<br><br>Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.<br><br>When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
 MAT	25	1	em28	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MAT	25	1	pg5i	figs-metonymy	ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν	1	the kingdom of the heavens will be compared to	Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAT	25	1	uhj1		λαμπάδας	1	lamps	This could mean: (1) It refers to **lamps**. (2) This refers to torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
+MAT	25	1	uhj1		λαμπάδας	1	lamps	This could could refer to: (1) oil **lamps**. (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
 MAT	25	2	c8nf		πέντε…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	five of them	“five of the virgins”
 MAT	25	3	b37a		οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον	1	did not take oil with themselves	“took with them only the oil in their lamps”
 MAT	25	5	r458		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
@@ -2601,12 +2601,12 @@ MAT	26	16	w1e4		ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ	1	in order that he might betr
 MAT	26	17	e7wc			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
 MAT	26	17	f3s2		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
 MAT	26	18	hc78	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου.	1	But he said, “Go into the city to such a man and say to him, ‘The Teacher says, “My time is near. I am doing the Passover at your house with my disciples.”’”	This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-MAT	26	18	r4tg		ὁ καιρός μου	1	My time	This could mean: (1) The is the time that Jesus told them about. (2) This is the time God has set for Jesus.
-MAT	26	18	a4i5	figs-idiom	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	is near	This could mean: (1) It “is near.” (2) It “has come.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MAT	26	18	r4tg		ὁ καιρός μου	1	My time	This could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus told them about. (2) the time God has set for Jesus.
+MAT	26	18	a4i5	figs-idiom	ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	is near	This could mean: (1) it “is near.” (2) it “has come.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	26	18	j9pz		ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα	1	I am doing the Passover	“I am eat the Passover meal” or “I am celebrating the Passover by eating the special meal”
 MAT	26	20	bga4		ἀνέκειτο	1	he reclined at table	Use the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
 MAT	26	21	ehx6		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
-MAT	26	22	n12r	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε?	1	Surely not I, Lord?	“I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?” This could mean: (1) This is a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” (2) This was a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MAT	26	22	n12r	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε?	1	Surely not I, Lord?	“I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?” This could be: (1) a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” (2) a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	26	24	n7dw	figs-123person	ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	26	24	x2n9	figs-euphemism	ὑπάγει	1	will depart	Here, **depart** is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 MAT	26	24	vix3	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	just as it is written about him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ MAT	26	63	mm28	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1
 MAT	26	63	lry9		τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος	1	the living God	Here, **living** contrasts the **God** of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md).
 MAT	26	64	gi6v	figs-idiom	σὺ εἶπας	1	You have said it yourself	This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	26	64	zu47	figs-you	πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε	1	But I say to you, from now on you will see	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	26	64	ll8r		ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	from now on you will see the Son of Man	The phrase **from now on** could mean: (1) This is an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future. (2) This means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
+MAT	26	64	ll8r		ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	from now on you will see the Son of Man	The phrase **from now on** could: (1) be an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future. (2) means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
 MAT	26	64	b6cb	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAT	26	64	p5px	figs-metonymy	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of the Power	Here, **Power** is metonym that represents God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAT	26	64	lcxc	translate-symaction	καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως	1	sitting at the right hand of the Power	To sit at the **right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ MAT	26	65	srg6	translate-symaction	ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν
 MAT	26	65	qq51	figs-explicit	ἐβλασφήμησεν	1	He has spoken blasphemy	The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement **blasphemy** is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in [Matthew 26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	26	65	t68t	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	Why do we still have need of witnesses?	The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAT	26	65	wh4h	figs-you	νῦν ἠκούσατε	1	now you have heard	Here, **you** is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MAT	26	67	adc2		τότε ἐνέπτυσαν	1	Then they spit	This could mean: (1) Some of the men spit. (2) The soldiers spit.
+MAT	26	67	adc2		τότε ἐνέπτυσαν	1	Then they spit	This could mean: (1) some of the men spit. (2) the soldiers spit.
 MAT	26	67	g1c2		ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	they spit in his face	This was done as an insult.
 MAT	26	68	f2bj		προφήτευσον ἡμῖν	1	Prophesy to us	Here, **Prophesy to us** means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
 MAT	26	68	b5xe	figs-irony	Χριστέ	1	Christ	Those hitting Jesus do not really think he is the **Christ**. They call him this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@@ -2750,7 +2750,7 @@ MAT	27	3	v9vj	figs-activepassive	ὅτι κατεκρίθη	1	that he was condem
 MAT	27	3	pe4n		τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια	1	the 30 pieces of silver	This was the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus. See how you translated it in [Matthew 26:15](../26/15.md).
 MAT	27	4	f6u8	figs-idiom	αἷμα ἀθῷον	1	innocent blood	This is an idiom that refers to the death of an **innocent** person. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAT	27	4	mf6b	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	What is that to us?	The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MAT	27	5	tuh4		ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν	1	having thrown down the pieces of silver in the temple	This could mean: (1) He threw **the pieces of silver** while in the **temple** courtyard. (2) He was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw **the pieces of silver** into the **temple**.
+MAT	27	5	tuh4		ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν	1	having thrown down the pieces of silver in the temple	This could mean: (1) he threw **the pieces of silver** while in the **temple** courtyard. (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw **the pieces of silver** into the **temple**.
 MAT	27	6	r5r9		οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	It is not lawful to put this	“Our laws do not allow us to put this”
 MAT	27	6	ce2x		βαλεῖν αὐτὰ	1	to put this	“to put this silver”
 MAT	27	6	gtp3	figs-explicit	τὸν κορβανᾶν	1	the treasury	This is the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2818,7 +2818,7 @@ MAT	27	38	zq4b	figs-activepassive	τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐ
 MAT	27	39	d4fm	translate-symaction	κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	shaking their heads	They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MAT	27	40	t23i	figs-explicit	εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross	They did not believe that Jesus is **the Son of God**, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	27	40	b5lw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-MAT	27	42	ff4d	figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι	1	He saved others; he is not able to save himself	This could mean: (1) The Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus **saved others** or that he can **save himself**. (2) They believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot **save himself**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+MAT	27	42	ff4d	figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι	1	He saved others; he is not able to save himself	This could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus **saved others** or that he can **save himself**. (2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot **save himself**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 MAT	27	42	j6l7	figs-irony	Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν,	1	He is the King of Israel!	The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him **King of Israel**, but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: “He says that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 MAT	27	43	w46n			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders continue mocking Jesus.
 MAT	27	43	cl97	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός.	1	For he said, ‘I am the Son of God.’	This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@ MAT	27	45	s2l7		ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτη
 MAT	27	45	pi8e	figs-abstractnouns	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν	1	darkness happened over all the land	The word **darkness** is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAT	27	46	qyp7		ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus cried out	“Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
 MAT	27	46	xub2	translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει	1	Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani	These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
-MAT	27	48	jm37		εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of them	This could mean: (1) This refers to one of the soldiers. (2) This refers to one of those who stood by and watched.
+MAT	27	48	jm37		εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of them	This could refer to: (1) one of the soldiers. (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
 MAT	27	48	bsy1		σπόγγον	1	a sponge	This is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
 MAT	27	48	ny3e		ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν	1	gave it to him to drink	“gave it to Jesus”
 MAT	27	50	fj1v	figs-euphemism	ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	released his spirit	Here, **spirit** refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -2862,7 +2862,7 @@ MAT	27	64	t78s	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη
 MAT	27	64	c7bf		ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	“from among all those who have died.” This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
 MAT	27	64	u5tg	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης	1	and the last deception will be worse than the first	You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MAT	27	65	dkq9		κουστωδίαν	1	a guard	This consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
-MAT	27	66	pk1q		σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον	1	having sealed the stone	This could mean: (1) They put a cord around **the stone** and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb. (2) They put seals between **the stone** and the wall.
+MAT	27	66	pk1q		σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον	1	having sealed the stone	This could mean: (1) they put a cord around **the stone** and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb. (2) they put seals between **the stone** and the wall.
 MAT	27	66	e8uf		μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας	1	with the guard	“and having told the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
 MAT	28	intro	psw9			0		# Matthew 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 28:1](../mat/28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>### “Make disciples”<br><br>The last two verses ([Matthew 28:19-20](../19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### An angel of the Lord<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
 MAT	28	1	anr1			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
@@ -2870,7 +2870,7 @@ MAT	28	1	qkn8		ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ
 MAT	28	1	gs43		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
 MAT	28	1	zu2b		ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία	1	the other Mary	“the other woman named Mary.” This is **Mary** the mother of James and Joseph ([Matthew 27:56](../27/56.md)).
 MAT	28	2	j25i		ἰδοὺ	1	behold	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
-MAT	28	2	l4s2		σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον	1	a great earthquake happened, for an angel of the Lord, having descended from heaven and having come near, rolled away the stone	This could mean: (1) The **earthquake happened** because the **angel** came down and **rolled away the stone**. (2) All these events happened at the same time.
+MAT	28	2	l4s2		σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον	1	a great earthquake happened, for an angel of the Lord, having descended from heaven and having come near, rolled away the stone	This could mean: (1) the **earthquake happened** because the **angel** came down and **rolled away the stone**. (2) all these events happened at the same time.
 MAT	28	2	s43v		σεισμὸς…μέγας	1	a great earthquake	a sudden and violent shaking of the ground
 MAT	28	3	vfh4		ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ	1	his appearance	“the angel’s appearance”
 MAT	28	3	p12y	figs-simile	ἦν…ὡς ἀστραπὴ	1	was like lightning	This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: “was bright like lightning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -2902,7 +2902,7 @@ MAT	28	15	yu3c	figs-activepassive	ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησα
 MAT	28	15	cp7r		ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	This report spread widely among the Jews and continues even today	“Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
 MAT	28	15	vp3a		μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	even until today	This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
 MAT	28	16	h1ln			0	Connecting Statement:	This begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
-MAT	28	17	pze9		προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	they worshiped him, but some doubted	This could mean: (1) They all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted. (2) Some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
+MAT	28	17	pze9		προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	they worshiped him, but some doubted	This could mean: (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted. (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
 MAT	28	17	xgr5	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν	1	but some doubted	You can state this explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: “some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MAT	28	18	v37p	figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία	1	All authority has been given to me	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAT	28	18	sm35	figs-merism	ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	in heaven and on earth	Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])

en_tn_42-MRK.tsv

@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ MRK	1	7	iz8v		κύψας	1	to stoop down	“to bend down”
 MRK	1	8	e4qi	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit	This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with the **Holy Spirit**. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by the Holy Spirit will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	1	9	u65k	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	it happened that in those days	This marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MRK	1	9	gi39	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου	1	he was baptized by John	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	1	10	m5f6	figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the Spirit coming down on him like a dove	This could mean: (1) This is a simile, and **the Spirit** descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground. (2) The **Spirit** literally looked **like a dove** as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+MRK	1	10	m5f6	figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the Spirit coming down on him like a dove	This could mean: (1) this is a simile, and **the Spirit** descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground. (2) the **Spirit** literally looked **like a dove** as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MRK	1	11	e6ke	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν	1	a voice came out of the heavens	The **voice** represents God speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	1	11	ky16	figs-euphemism	φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν	1	a voice came out of the heavens	Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 MRK	1	11	s6f4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός	1	my beloved Son	This is an important title for Jesus. The Father calls Jesus his **beloved Son** because of his eternal love for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ MRK	1	43	iw7t			0	General Information:	The word **him** used here refers to the
 MRK	1	44	a7hs		ὅρα μηδενὶ, μηδὲν εἴπῃς	1	See that you may say nothing to anyone	“Be sure to not say anything to anyone”
 MRK	1	44	xhu8	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	show yourself to the priest	Jesus told the man to **show** himself **to the priest** so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were no longer unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	1	44	w6b2	figs-synecdoche	σεαυτὸν δεῖξον	1	show yourself	The word **yourself** here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MRK	1	44	ish7		μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	a testimony to them	It is best to use the pronoun **them**, if possible, in your language. This could mean: (1) It was to be a testimony to the priests. (2) It was to be a testimony to the people.
+MRK	1	44	ish7		μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	a testimony to them	It is best to use the pronoun **them**, if possible, in your language. This could be: (1) a testimony to the priests. (2) a testimony to the people.
 MRK	1	45	m63p		ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν	1	But having gone out, he	The word **he** refers to the man Jesus healed.
 MRK	1	45	i91a	figs-metaphor	ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον	1	began to proclaim often and to spread the word widely	Here, **spread the word widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	1	45	bn6r		ὥστε	1	so that	“so much that”
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ MRK	2	3	n643		αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων	1	being carried by f
 MRK	2	3	c1vr		φέροντες…παραλυτικὸν	1	bringing a paralyzed man	“bringing a man who was unable to walk or use his arms”
 MRK	2	4	h3yn		μὴ δυνάμενοι προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ	1	not being able to approach him	“they could not get close to where Jesus was”
 MRK	2	4	v6ma		ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι	1	they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered	Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. The process of making a hole in the roof can be explained more clearly or made more general so that it may be understood in your language. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered”
-MRK	2	5	trg9	figs-explicit	ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	having seen their faith	“Having seen the men’s faith.” This could mean: (1) Only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith**. (2) The paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	2	5	trg9	figs-explicit	ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	having seen their faith	“Having seen the men’s faith.” This could mean: (1) only the men who carried the paralyzed man had **faith**. (2) the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had **faith**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	5	hzg6	figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	Child	The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. Alternate translation: “My son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	2	5	vd3i		ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	your sins are forgiven	If possible translate this in such a way that Jesus does not clearly say who forgives the man’s **sins**. Alternate translation: “your sins are gone” or “you do not have to pay for your sins” or “your sins do not count against you”
 MRK	2	6	le6v	figs-metonymy	διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	reasoning in their hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ MRK	2	14	sc4g	translate-names	Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου	1	Le
 MRK	2	15	udb2			0	Connecting Statement:	It is now later in the day, and Jesus is at Levi’s house for a meal.
 MRK	2	15	if3i		τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	his house	“the home of Levi”
 MRK	2	15	qf38		ἁμαρτωλοὶ	1	sinners	people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
-MRK	2	15	bwv2		ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ	1	for there were many and they were following him	This could mean: (1) There were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus. (2) Jesus had many disciples and they followed him.
+MRK	2	15	bwv2		ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ	1	for there were many and they were following him	This could mean: (1) there were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus. (2) Jesus had many disciples and they followed him.
 MRK	2	16	b1bi	figs-rquestion	ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει?	1	Why is he eating with the tax collectors and sinners?	The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality. This can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	17	ba3n			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus responds to what the scribes had said to his disciples about his eating with tax collectors and sinful people.
 MRK	2	17	q8r6		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	said to them	“he said to the scribes”
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ MRK	2	17	ca8h	figs-irony	οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους,
 MRK	2	17	ca4e	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	but sinners	The words “I came to call” are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	2	18	zkz9	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells parables to show why his disciples should not fast while he is with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MRK	2	18	f1ds		ἦσαν…οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες…οἱ μαθηταὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	the Pharisees were fasting … the disciples of the Pharisees	These two phrases refer to the same group of people, but the second is more specific. Both refer to the followers of the Pharisee sect, but they do not focus on the leaders of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “the disciples of the Pharisees were fasting … the disciples of the Pharisees”
-MRK	2	18	z394		ἔρχονται	1	they are coming	“some men are coming.” It is best to translate this phrase without specifying exactly who these men are. If in your language you have to be more specific, this could mean: (1) These men were not among John’s disciples or the disciples of the Pharisees. (2) These men were among John’s disciples.
+MRK	2	18	z394		ἔρχονται	1	they are coming	“some men are coming.” It is best to translate this phrase without specifying exactly who these men are. If in your language you have to be more specific, this could mean: (1) these men were not among John’s disciples or the disciples of the Pharisees. (2) these men were among John’s disciples.
 MRK	2	18	vl3z		ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	they are coming and saying to him	“they came and said to Jesus”
 MRK	2	19	eke3	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν?	1	The sons of the wedding chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they?	Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	20	vg2u	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom may be taken away	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ MRK	3	19	r3zs		ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν	1	who also betrayed
 MRK	3	20	jxr5		καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον	1	And he is entering into a house	“Then Jesus went to the house where he was staying.”
 MRK	3	20	rq6k	figs-synecdoche	μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν	1	they are not able even to eat bread	The word **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	3	21	bk6g		ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν	1	went out to seize him	Members of his family went to the house, so that they could take hold of him and force him to go home with them.
-MRK	3	21	uyl8		ἔλεγον γὰρ	1	for they said	Here, **they** could mean: (1) This refers to his relatives. (2) This refers to some people in the crowd.
+MRK	3	21	uyl8		ἔλεγον γὰρ	1	for they said	Here, **they** could refer to: (1) his relatives. (2) some people in the crowd.
 MRK	3	21	mf5q	figs-idiom	ἐξέστη	1	He is out of his mind	Jesus’ family uses this idiom to describe how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: “He is crazy” or “He is insane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	3	22	yxd9		ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων, ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια	1	By the ruler of the demons he is casting out demons	“By the power of Beelzebul, who is the ruler of the demons, Jesus drives out demons”
 MRK	3	23	ji69	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus explains with a parable why it is foolish for people to think that Jesus is controlled by Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ MRK	4	22	kc6k	figs-parallelism	οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ
 MRK	4	23	k1a8	figs-metonymy	εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **ears to hear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	4	23	izg1	figs-123person	εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	4	24	r2r1		ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	he was saying to them	“Jesus said to the crowd”
-MRK	4	24	zis1	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε	1	In that measure you use	This could mean: (1) Jesus is talking about a literal **measure** and giving generously to others. (2) This is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	4	24	zis1	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε	1	In that measure you use	This could mean: (1) Jesus is talking about a literal **measure** and giving generously to others. (2) this is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	24	c4xp	figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	4	25	i24l	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο	1	to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” or “God will give more to him … God will take away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	4	26	n1mq	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus then tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God, which he later explains to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ MRK	5	33	b6kz	figs-ellipsis	εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθ
 MRK	5	34	gbk8		θυγάτηρ	1	Daughter	Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer.
 MRK	5	34	a5qw		ἡ πίστις σου	1	your faith	“your faith in me”
 MRK	5	35	kmm7		ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	While he was still speaking	“While Jesus was still speaking”
-MRK	5	35	ld5e		ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	they came from the synagogue leader’s house	This could mean: (1) These people had come from Jarius’ house. (2) Jairus had previously given these people orders to go see Jesus. (3) These people had been sent by the man who was presiding as the synagogue leader in Jairus’ absence.
+MRK	5	35	ld5e		ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	they came from the synagogue leader’s house	This could mean: (1) these people had come from Jarius’ house. (2) Jairus had previously given these people orders to go see Jesus. (3) these people had been sent by the man who was presiding as the synagogue leader in Jairus’ absence.
 MRK	5	35	akl8		τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	the synagogue leader’s house	The leader of the synagogue is Jairus.
 MRK	5	35	ip1p		λέγοντες	1	saying	“saying to Jairus”
 MRK	5	35	t2wd	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον?	1	Why trouble the teacher any longer?	This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ MRK	6	40	e4cb	figs-explicit	πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κ
 MRK	6	41	l8q3		ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	having looked up to heaven	This means that he **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
 MRK	6	41	gr6v		εὐλόγησεν	1	he blessed	“he spoke a blessing” or “he gave thanks”
 MRK	6	41	r49p		τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν	1	he divided the two fish among them all	“he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some”
-MRK	6	43	rq7a		ἦραν	1	they took up	This could mean: (1) The disciples took up the pieces. (2) The people took up the pieces.
+MRK	6	43	rq7a		ἦραν	1	they took up	This could mean: (1) the disciples took up the pieces. (2) the people took up the pieces.
 MRK	6	43	sk2v		κλάσματα δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα	1	12 baskets full of broken pieces	“twelve baskets full of broken pieces of bread”
 MRK	6	43	xk9h	translate-numbers	δώδεκα κοφίνων	1	12 baskets	“twelve baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MRK	6	44	v4m3	translate-numbers	πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	5,000 men	“five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ MRK	6	55	wr7f	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας	1	those havi
 MRK	6	56	bjv5		ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο	1	wherever he was entering	“wherever Jesus entered”
 MRK	6	56	gi6y		ἐτίθεσαν	1	they were putting	Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples.
 MRK	6	56	y6hs	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας	1	the sick	This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MRK	6	56	a3i3		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	were begging him	This could mean: (1) The sick were begging him. (2) The people were begging him.
+MRK	6	56	a3i3		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	were begging him	This could mean: (1) the sick were begging him. (2) the people were begging him.
 MRK	6	56	m366		ἅψωνται	1	they might touch	The word **they** refers to the sick.
 MRK	6	56	wd2u		τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	the edge of his garment	“the hem of his robe” or “the edge of his clothes”
 MRK	6	56	ugr3		ὅσοι ἂν	1	as many as	“all those who”
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ MRK	7	29	sa9t	figs-explicit	ὕπαγε	1	go	Jesus was implying that she no long
 MRK	7	29	pa3u	figs-explicit	ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου	1	The demon has gone out from your daughter	Jesus has caused the unclean spirit to leave the woman’s **daughter**. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “I have caused the evil spirit to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	7	31	g44h			0	Connecting Statement:	After healing people in Tyre, Jesus goes to the Sea of Galilee. There he heals a deaf man, which amazes the people.
 MRK	7	31	k9gy		ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου	1	having gone out from the region of Tyre	“having left the region of Tyre”
-MRK	7	31	paz4		ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων	1	up to a part of the region	This could mean: (1) This may mean “up to a place in the region” as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis. (2) This may mean “through part of the region” as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea.
+MRK	7	31	paz4		ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων	1	up to a part of the region	This could mean: (1) “up to a place in the region” as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis. (2) “through part of the region” as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea.
 MRK	7	31	cxa8	translate-names	Δεκαπόλεως	1	of the Decapolis	This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	7	32	bnq6		φέρουσιν	1	they bring	“the people brought”
 MRK	7	32	i5gy		κωφὸν	1	someone who was deaf	“a person who was not able to hear”
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ MRK	8	intro	ry56			0		# Mark 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this
 MRK	8	1	sgv6			0	Connecting Statement:	A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place.
 MRK	8	1	rmd8	writing-newevent	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	In those days	This phrase is used to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MRK	8	2	h8v8		ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν	1	they are remaining with me already for three days and do not have anything to eat	“this is this third day these people have been with me, and they have nothing to eat”
-MRK	8	3	u3mu	figs-hyperbole	ἐκλυθήσονται	1	they will faint	This could mean: (1) It literally means “they may lose consciousness temporarily.” (2) It is a hyperbolic exaggeration that means “they may become weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	8	3	u3mu	figs-hyperbole	ἐκλυθήσονται	1	they will faint	This could be: (1) a literal statement that they may lose consciousness temporarily. (2) a hyperbolic exaggeration that means “they may become weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	8	4	jdk2	figs-rquestion	πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας?	1	From where will anyone be able to feed these people with bread here in this desolate place?	The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	8	4	b7tn		ἄρτων	1	with bread	Loaves of **bread** are lumps of dough that have been shaped and baked.
 MRK	8	5	m56c		ἠρώτα αὐτούς	1	he asked them	“Jesus asked his disciples”
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ MRK	8	10	y8u3	figs-explicit	ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανου
 MRK	8	10	x33a	translate-names	Δαλμανουθά	1	of Dalmanutha	This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	8	11	cqy5			0	Connecting Statement:	In Dalmanutha, Jesus refuses to give the Pharisees a sign before he and his disciples get in a boat and leave.
 MRK	8	11	f9y8		ζητοῦντες παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	seeking from him	“asking him for”
-MRK	8	11	zi91	figs-metonymy	σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a sign from heaven	They wanted **a sign** that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. This could mean: (1) The word **heaven** is a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (2) The word **heaven** refers to the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	8	11	zi91	figs-metonymy	σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a sign from heaven	They wanted **a sign** that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. The word **heaven** could be: (1) a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (2) the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	8	11	cl3q	figs-explicit	πειράζοντες αὐτόν	1	testing him	The Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “to prove that God had sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	8	12	sn5a		ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	having sighed deeply in his spirit	This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
 MRK	8	12	s8xl		τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his spirit	“in himself”
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ MRK	9	45	vj49		εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν	1	to e
 MRK	9	45	r1dy	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	to enter into life	Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering **into life**. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and begin to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	9	45	c2vw		χωλὸν	1	lame	“unable to walk easily.” Here it refers not being able to walk well because of missing a foot. Alternate translation: “without a foot” or “missing a foot”
 MRK	9	45	tmd6	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1	to be thrown into hell	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	9	47	n5tw	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν	1	if your eye may cause you to stumble, tear it out	Here the word **eye** could mean: (1) It is a metonym for desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out” (2) It is a metonym for desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	9	47	n5tw	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν	1	if your eye may cause you to stumble, tear it out	Here the word **eye** could be: (1) a metonym for desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out” (2) a metonym for desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	9	47	e52s	figs-explicit	μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα	1	to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than, having two eyes	This refers to the state of a person’s physical body when he dies. A person does not take his physical body with him into eternity. Alternate translation: “to enter into the kingdom of God after having lived on earth with only one eye than, having lived on earth with two eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	47	r2gn	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1	to be thrown into hell	You can state this in the active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	48	uh4p	figs-explicit	ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ	1	where their worm does not die	The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “where worms that eat people there do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ MRK	10	40	pdc1		ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται	1	but it is for those f
 MRK	10	40	eu9v	figs-activepassive	ἡτοίμασται	1	it has been prepared	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” or “God has prepared them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	10	41	ad19		ἀκούσαντες,	1	When heard about this	The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hands.
 MRK	10	42	sbk8		προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	having summoned them, Jesus	“after Jesus called his disciples, he”
-MRK	10	42	sfs9	figs-activepassive	οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	that those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles	You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) The people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “that those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles.” (2) The Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: “that those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	10	42	sfs9	figs-activepassive	οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	that those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles	You can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) the people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “that those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles.” (2) the Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: “that those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	10	42	hme7		κατακυριεύουσιν	1	lord it over	have control or power over
 MRK	10	42	zfr3		κατεξουσιάζουσιν	1	exercise authority over	“flaunt their authority over.” This means that they show or use their authority in an overbearing way.
 MRK	10	43	zfz6	figs-explicit	οὐχ οὕτως δέ ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	But it is not this way among you	This refers back to the previous verse about the Gentile rulers. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “But do not be like them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ MRK	11	9	el81		εὐλογημένος	1	Blessed is	“May God bless”
 MRK	11	10	a6b4	figs-explicit	εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ	1	Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David	“Blessed is our father David’s coming kingdom.” This refers to Jesus **coming** and ruling as king. Alternate translation: “Blessed be the coming of your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	11	10	kkfo	figs-activepassive	εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ	1	Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David	The word **blessed** can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: “May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	11	10	diq8	figs-metonymy	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ	1	of our father David	Here David’s descendant who will rule is referred to as **David** himself. Alternate translation: “of the greatest descendant of our father David” or “that David’s greatest descendant will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	11	10	b1si		ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	Hosanna in the highest	This could mean: (1) They should praise God who is in heaven. (2) Those who are in heaven should shout ‘Hosanna’.
+MRK	11	10	b1si		ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	Hosanna in the highest	This could mean: (1) they should praise God who is in heaven. (2) those who are in heaven should shout ‘Hosanna’.
 MRK	11	10	vqm2	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	the highest	Here heaven is spoken of as **the highest**. Alternate translation: “the highest heaven” or “heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	11	11	mz8r		ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας	1	the hour already being late	“because it was already late in the day”
 MRK	11	11	t5nv		ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα	1	he went out to Bethany with the Twelve	“he and his twelve disciples left Jerusalem and went to Bethany”
@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ MRK	11	27	n3ei			0	Connecting Statement:	The next day when Jesus returns to temp
 MRK	11	27	s2ac		ἔρχονται…εἰς	1	they come to	“Jesus and his disciples came to”
 MRK	11	27	alh5		ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ	1	as he is walking around in the temple	This means that Jesus was walking around inside of the temple courtyard; he was not walking into the temple.
 MRK	11	28	r3ik		ἔλεγον αὐτῷ	1	they were saying to him	The word **they** refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders.
-MRK	11	28	se9b	figs-parallelism	ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς?	1	By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them?	This could mean: (1) Both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) These are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+MRK	11	28	se9b	figs-parallelism	ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς?	1	By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them?	This could mean: (1) both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) these are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MRK	11	28	p5u3	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	The words **these things** refer to Jesus turning over the sellers’ tables in the temple and speaking against what the chief priests and scribes taught. Alternate translation: “things like those you did here yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	11	30	jj91		τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου	1	The baptism of John	“The baptism that John performed”
 MRK	11	30	fr1b		ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	was it from heaven or from men	“was it authorized by heaven or by men”
@@ -1131,9 +1131,9 @@ MRK	13	4	lw1n		ὅταν…ταῦτα…πάντα	1	when all these things	“t
 MRK	13	5	fe42		λέγειν αὐτοῖς	1	to say to them	“to say to his disciples”
 MRK	13	5	u79c	figs-metaphor	ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ	1	may lead you astray	Here, **lead you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	13	6	wv12	figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν	1	they will lead many astray	Here, **will lead many astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	13	6	z63u	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	This could mean: (1) They would be claiming his authority. (2) They would be claiming that God had sent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	6	z63u	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	This could mean: (1) they would be claiming his authority. (2) they would be claiming that God had sent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	6	l7f9		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	“I am the Christ”
-MRK	13	7	fl5h		ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων	1	you may hear of wars and rumors of wars	“you may hear of wars and reports about wars.” This could mean: (1) They would hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away. (2) They would hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start.
+MRK	13	7	fl5h		ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων	1	you may hear of wars and rumors of wars	“you may hear of wars and reports about wars.” This could mean: (1) they would hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away. (2) they would hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start.
 MRK	13	7	d1k9		ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος	1	but the end is not yet	“but it is not yet the end” or “but the end will not happen until later” or “but the end will be later”
 MRK	13	7	mi4d	figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	the end	This probably refers to **the end** of the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	8	xln4	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’	1	will rise against	This idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: “will fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ MRK	13	13	pk3g	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ π
 MRK	13	13	jhp6	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Jesus uses the metonym **my name** to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	13	w28q	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	13	c33n	figs-explicit	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	the one who endures to the end	Here, **endures** represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	13	13	vcz4		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	This could mean: (1) This refers to the end of his life”.(2) This refers to the end of that time of trouble.
+MRK	13	13	vcz4		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	This could refer to: (1) the end of his life”.(2) the end of that time of trouble.
 MRK	13	14	d4nw	figs-metaphor	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως	1	the abomination of desolation	This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	13	14	vx3c	figs-explicit	ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ	1	standing where it should not be	Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	14	ck7a	figs-explicit	ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	let the reader understand	This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: “may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ MRK	13	24	zy2f	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται	1	t
 MRK	13	24	a3qv	figs-personification	ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς	1	the moon will not give its light	Here the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: “the moon will not shine” or “the moon will be dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 MRK	13	25	z1sh	figs-explicit	οἱ ἀστέρες ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες	1	the stars will be falling from the sky	This does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: “the stars will fall from their places in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	25	au6l	figs-activepassive	αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the powers in the heavens will shake” or “God will shake the powers that are in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	13	25	hge7		αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	the powers that are in the heavens	“the powerful things in the heavens.” This could mean: (1) This refers to the sun, moon, and stars. (2) This refers to powerful spiritual beings.
+MRK	13	25	hge7		αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	the powers that are in the heavens	“the powerful things in the heavens.” This could refer to: (1) the sun, moon, and stars. (2) powerful spiritual beings.
 MRK	13	25	h5k1		ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	in the heavens	“in the sky”
 MRK	13	26	kl95		τότε ὄψονται	1	then they will see	“then people will see”
 MRK	13	26	h4z1		μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης	1	with great power and glory	“powerfully and gloriously”
@@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ MRK	14	17	i1q1	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα	1	he
 MRK	14	18	cwl8		ἀνακειμένων αὐτῶν	1	as they were reclining at table	In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they lay down on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
 MRK	14	18	dg95		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
 MRK	14	19	v3a1		εἷς κατὰ εἷς	1	one by one	This means that “one at a time” each disciple asked him.
-MRK	14	19	f13p	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ?	1	Surely not I?	This could mean: (1) This was a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no. (2) This was a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: “Surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+MRK	14	19	f13p	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ?	1	Surely not I?	This could be: (1) a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no. (2) a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: “Surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	14	20	b25j		εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1	It is one of the Twelve	“He is one of the twelve of you”
 MRK	14	20	htn4		ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον	1	who is dipping with me into the bowl	In Jesus’ culture, people would often eat bread, **dipping** it in a shared bowl of sauce or of oil mixed with herbs.
 MRK	14	21	q5l3		ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	For the Son of Man is going away just as it has been written about him	Here Jesus refers to the scriptures prophesying about his death. If you have a polite way to talk about death in your language, use it here. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die in the way that the scriptures say”
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ MRK	14	24	q5hn	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τ
 MRK	14	24	hs24	writing-symlanguage	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου	1	This is my blood	“This wine is my blood.” Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus’ **blood** and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 MRK	14	25	i9yk		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
 MRK	14	25	t7ai		ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	from the fruit of the vine	“wine.” This is a descriptive way to refer to wine.
-MRK	14	25	y1pf		καινὸν	1	new	This could mean: (1) It would happen again. (2) It would happen in a new way.
+MRK	14	25	y1pf		καινὸν	1	new	This could mean: (1) it would happen again. (2) it would happen in a new way.
 MRK	14	26	l996		ὑμνήσαντες	1	having sung a hymn	A **hymn** is a type of song. It was traditional for them to sing an Old Testament psalm.
 MRK	14	27	pu4s		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus says to them	“Jesus said to his disciples”
 MRK	14	27	lty4	figs-idiom	σκανδαλισθήσεσθε	1	will fall away	This is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: “will leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ MRK	15	intro	d823			0		# Mark 15 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in thi
 MRK	15	1	mps2			0	Connecting Statement:	When the chief priests, the elders, the scribes, and the council gave Jesus over to Pilate, they accused Jesus of doing many bad things. When Pilate asked if what they said was true, Jesus did not answer him.
 MRK	15	1	xz7c	figs-metonymy	δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν	1	having bound Jesus, led him away	They commanded for Jesus to be **bound**, but it would have been the guards who actually bound him and **led him away**. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then they led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	15	1	v2yf		παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ	1	handed him over to Pilate	They had Jesus led to Pilate and transferred control of Jesus over to him.
-MRK	15	2	dh6n	figs-explicit	σὺ λέγεις	1	You say so	This could mean: (1) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (2) Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	15	2	dh6n	figs-explicit	σὺ λέγεις	1	You say so	This could mean: (1) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (2) Jesus was implying that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	15	3	ue18		κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ…πολλά	1	were accusing him of many things	“were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many bad things”
 MRK	15	4	c9uc		ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος πάλιν ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν	1	But Pilate again was questioning him	“But Pilate asked Jesus again”
 MRK	15	4	s2as		οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν?	1	Do you not answer at all?	You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “Do you have an answer?”

en_tn_43-LUK.tsv

@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ LUK	1	36	hck2	figs-idiom	οὗτος μὴν ἕκτος ἐστὶν αὐτῇ
 LUK	1	36	l060	figs-idiom	τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ	1	who was called barren	This is a further use of the idiom also found in [1:32](../01/32.md) and [1:35](../01/35.md) in which “to be called” means “to be.” Alternate translation: “who was not able to have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	37	v42f	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “This shows that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	37	g7yt	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	every word will not be impossible for God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-LUK	1	37	l061	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	every word will not be impossible for God	Here, the term **word** has two possible meanings: (1) Since Mary uses the same term figuratively in the next verse to describe the message that Gabriel has brought from God, Gabriel may be using it to mean that message as well. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (2) Gabriel may be using the term in a general sense to mean “thing.” Alternate translation: “everything is possible with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	1	37	l061	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	every word will not be impossible for God	Here, the term **word** could mean: (1) since Mary uses the same term figuratively in the next verse to describe the message that Gabriel has brought from God, Gabriel may be using it to mean that message as well. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (2) Gabriel may be using the term in a general sense to mean “thing.” Alternate translation: “everything is possible with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	38	tef1	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Here, **behold** means more literally “look,” that is, “Look at me,” by which Mary means, “This is who I am.” Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	38	kw3g	figs-metaphor	ἡ δούλη Κυρίου	1	the female servant of the Lord	By describing herself as a **servant**, Mary is responding humbly and willingly. She is not boasting about being in the Lord’s service. Choose an expression in your language that will show her humility and obedience to the Lord. Alternate translation: “someone who will gladly serve the Lord in any way he wishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	38	b9ax		γένοιτό μοι	1	May it happen to me	Once again Mary is expressing her willingness for the things to happen that the angel has told her about. Alternative translation: “I am willing for these things to happen to me”
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ LUK	1	79	cnh7	figs-doublet	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θαν
 LUK	1	79	s3eb	figs-metaphor	κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	to guide our feet into the path of peace	Zechariah is using the word **guide** figuratively to mean “teach,” and the expression **the path of peace** figuratively to represent living at peace with God. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	79	l101	figs-synecdoche	κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	to guide our feet into the path of peace	Zechariah is using the term **feet** figuratively to represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	1	80	q2ax	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	And	This word introduces the next part of the story. In this verse, Luke describes a few transitional events in order to move quickly from the birth of John to the beginning of his ministry as an adult. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	1	80	a8bz		ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι	1	became strong in spirit	This could mean: (1) This refers to the inner part of a person, as in [1:47](../01/47.md). Alternate translation: “he developed a strong character” (2) This refers to how God kept the promise that Gabriel made to Zechariah in [1:15](../01/15.md), that the Holy Spirit would empower his son. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered him”
+LUK	1	80	a8bz		ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι	1	became strong in spirit	This could refer to: (1) the inner part of a person, as in [1:47](../01/47.md). Alternate translation: “he developed a strong character” (2) how God kept the promise that Gabriel made to Zechariah in [1:15](../01/15.md), that the Holy Spirit would empower his son. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered him”
 LUK	1	80	eh9j	figs-explicit	ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις	1	he was in the wilderness	This expression means implicitly that John went to live there. Luke does not say at what age John did this. Alternate translation: “he went to live in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	80	qu12		ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ	1	until the day of his public appearance	The term **until** does not indicate a stopping point. John continued to live out in the wilderness even after he started preaching publicly. In your translation, be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “through the time when he began to preach in public”
 LUK	1	80	ie4l	figs-idiom	ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ	1	the day of his public appearance	Here, Luke uses the term **day** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time when he began to preach in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -339,18 +339,18 @@ LUK	2	9	l117	figs-idiom	ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν	1	they feare
 LUK	2	10	hnr7	figs-imperative	μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	Do not be afraid	As in [1:13](../01/13.md), while the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is really telling the shepherds something to help and encourage them. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	2	10	l118	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	for behold	The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	10	pw8t		εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	I bring you good news of great joy, which will be to all the people	Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy”
-LUK	2	10	adz8	figs-hyperbole	παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	all the people	This could mean: (1) The angel may mean all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) This may be a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	2	10	adz8	figs-hyperbole	παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	all the people	This could be: (1) a reference to all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	2	11	l119	figs-activepassive	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord!	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	11	z9m2	figs-explicit	ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	in the city of David	This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	11	l120	figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος	1	who is Christ the Lord	**Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	yj15	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	this will be the sign to you	The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	12	snr9	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	the sign to you	This could mean: (1) It may be a sign that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) It may be a sign to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	12	snr9	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	the sign to you	This could be: (1) a sign that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) a sign to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	xx57	figs-explicit	ἐσπαργανωμένον	1	wrapped in strips of cloth	See how you translated this expression in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “with cloths wrapped tightly around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	bua3	translate-unknown	κείμενον ἐν φάτνῃ	1	lying in a manger	See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	2	13	b54a	figs-metaphor	πλῆθος στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου	1	a multitude of the heavenly army	This phrase could refer to a literal **army** of angels, or it could be speaking figuratively of a large organized group of angels. Alternate translation: “a large group of angels from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	13	e2gp	figs-hendiadys	αἰνούντων τὸν Θεὸν καὶ λεγόντων	1	praising God and saying	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two verbs connected with **and.** The angels said these words in order to praise God. Alternate translation: “who praised God by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	2	14	p1fm		δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ	1	Glory in the highest to God	This could mean: (1) The angels may be describing where God should receive honor. In that case **in the highest** would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) The angels may be describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
-LUK	2	14	y2b3		ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας	1	among men of good pleasure	This could mean: (1) This may be referring to God’s **good pleasure** with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) This may be referring to people who show **good pleasure** or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
+LUK	2	14	p1fm		δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ	1	Glory in the highest to God	This could mean: (1) the angels are describing where God should receive honor. In that case **in the highest** would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) the angels are describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
+LUK	2	14	y2b3		ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας	1	among men of good pleasure	This could refer to: (1) God’s **good pleasure** with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) people who show **good pleasure** or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
 LUK	2	14	l121	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	men	Here, the term **men** has a generic meaning that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	2	15	au2m	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to mark a shift in the story, to what the shepherds did after the angels left. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	2	15	s4js	figs-exclusive	διέλθωμεν…ἴδωμεν…ἡμῖν	1	Let us … go … let us see … to us	The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us**, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ LUK	2	48	l164	figs-activepassive	ὁ πατήρ σου κἀγὼ, ὀδυνώμ
 LUK	2	49	l165	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to draw a contrast between how readers might have expected Jesus to respond in this situation and how he actually responded. He did not say he was sorry for causing his parents so much worry. Instead, he told them that they should have known where to find him. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	2	49	r8eh	figs-rquestion	τί ὅτι ἐζητεῖτέ με?	1	Why is it that you were searching for me?	Jesus is making a statement, not really asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should not have had to search for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	2	49	va82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ᾔδειτε ὅτι ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου δεῖ εἶναί με?	1	Did you not know that I must be in the things of my Father?	Once again Jesus is making a statement rather than actually asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I would be involved in my Father’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	2	49	p6aj		ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου	1	in the things of my Father	This could mean: (1) Jesus may be saying that he needed to be involved in the things that God was concerned about. Alternate translation: “involved in my Father’s business” (2) Jesus may be referring to the temple as a place that was dedicated to God. Alternate translation: “in my Father’s temple” or “here in the temple”
+LUK	2	49	p6aj		ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου	1	in the things of my Father	This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying that he needed to be involved in the things that God was concerned about. Alternate translation: “involved in my Father’s business” (2) Jesus is referring to the temple as a place that was dedicated to God. Alternate translation: “in my Father’s temple” or “here in the temple”
 LUK	2	49	n76z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	2	50	l166	figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς	1	the word that he spoke to them	The term **word** refers figuratively to what Jesus told his parents by using words. Alternate translation: “the answer that he gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	51	h2i9	figs-idiom	καὶ κατέβη μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	he went down with them	Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going **down** when they traveled from Jerusalem to some other place. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back home with Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ LUK	3	21	i5zg	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸ
 LUK	3	22	q2yh	figs-personification	φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι	1	a voice came from heaven	Luke speaks figuratively of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	3	22	h7tn	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my … Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	3	23	uvm3	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	3	23	d3sh	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα	1	Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old	This idiomatic expression could mean: (1) The word **beginning** may be a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke may also be saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	3	23	d3sh	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα	1	Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old	This idiomatic expression could mean: (1) the word **beginning** is a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke is saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	3	23	z2xa	figs-activepassive	ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ	1	He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	24	f8pm	translate-names	τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ	1	of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph	This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are: (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	25	xdc5	translate-names	τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Ἀμὼς, τοῦ Ναοὺμ, τοῦ Ἑσλεὶ, τοῦ Ναγγαὶ	1	of Mattathias, of Amos, of Nahum, of Esli, of Naggai	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ LUK	6	14	l290	translate-names	Σίμωνα…Πέτρον…Ἀνδρέαν…
 LUK	6	14	zdq3	writing-pronouns	Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	his brother Andrew	The pronoun **his** refers to Simon. Alternate translation: “Simon’s brother, Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	6	15	l291	translate-names	Μαθθαῖον…Θωμᾶν…Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου…Σίμωνα	1	Matthew … Thomas … James … Alphaeus … Simon	These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	6	15	l292	figs-explicit	Μαθθαῖον	1	Matthew	**Matthew** is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in [5:27](../05/27.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	6	15	et48	translate-names	Ζηλωτὴν	1	the Zealot	The term **Zealot** could mean: (1) It may be a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) It may be a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	6	15	et48	translate-names	Ζηλωτὴν	1	the Zealot	The term **Zealot** could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	6	16	l293	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Ἰακώβου	1	Judas son of James	**Judas** is the name of a man, and **James** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	6	16	l294	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Ἰσκαριὼθ	1	Judas Iscariot	**Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	6	16	g24m	figs-explicit	ὃς ἐγένετο προδότης	1	who became a traitor	It may be helpful to explain what **traitor** means in the context of this story. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ LUK	6	20	l297	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺ
 LUK	6	20	ymg7	figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	Blessed are	This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	6	20	xj9v	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πτωχοί	1	the poor	Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	6	20	y18c	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for yours is the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “because God is ruling your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	6	20	k34r		ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	yours is the kingdom of God	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “the kingdom of God belongs to you” (2) “you are privileged within the kingdom of God”
+LUK	6	20	k34r		ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	yours is the kingdom of God	This could mean: (1) “the kingdom of God belongs to you.” (2) “you are privileged within the kingdom of God.”
 LUK	6	21	l344	figs-idiom	μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν	1	Blessed are those who are hungry now	As in [6:20](../06/20.md), the expression **blessed** indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You who are hungry now receive God’s favor” or “You who are hungry now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	6	21	l298	figs-activepassive	χορτασθήσεσθε	1	you will be filled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you will get enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	21	l299	figs-idiom	μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν	1	Blessed are those who are weeping now	Alternate translation: “You who are weeping now receive God’s favor” or “You who are weeping now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -968,17 +968,17 @@ LUK	6	35	l317	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	the Most High	See how you translated
 LUK	6	35	l318	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς	1	the ungrateful and evil	Here Jesus is using the adjectives **ungrateful** and **evil** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this pair of words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungrateful and evil” or “people who do not thank God and who do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	6	36	n28w	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1	your Father	This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the **Father** of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	37	a8c7		μὴ κρίνετε	1	do not judge	Your language may require you to specify the object of **judge**. Alternate translation: “do not judge other people”
-LUK	6	37	e8fb	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be judged	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not judge. There are two possibilities. Alternate translations: (1) “God will not judge you” (2) “other people will not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	37	e8fb	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be judged	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not judge. This could mean: (1) “God will not judge you.” (2) “other people will not judge you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	37	vkl8		καὶ μὴ καταδικάζετε	1	do not condemn	Your language may require you to specify the object of **condemn**. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn other people”
-LUK	6	37	gz37	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ καταδικασθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be condemned	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not condemn. There are two possibilities. Alternate translations: (1) “God will not condemn you” (2) “other people will not condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	37	gz37	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ καταδικασθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be condemned	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not condemn. This could mean: (1) “God will not condemn you.” (2) “other people will not condemn you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	37	l319		ἀπολύετε	1	Forgive	Your language may require you to specify the object of **release**. Alternate translation: “Forgive other people”
 LUK	6	37	ls01	figs-metaphor	ἀπολύετε	1	Release	Jesus is using the word **release** figuratively to mean “forgive.” Alternate translation: “Forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	6	37	a22w	figs-activepassive	ἀπολυθήσεσθε	1	you will be released	Jesus does not say exactly who would **release**. There are two possibilities. Alternate translations: (1) “God will forgive you” (2) “other people will forgive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	6	38	ryf8	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will give. There are two possibilities. Alternate translation: (1) “God will give to you” (2) “other people will give to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	37	a22w	figs-activepassive	ἀπολυθήσεσθε	1	you will be released	Jesus does not say exactly who would **release**. This could mean: (1) “God will forgive you.” (2) “other people will forgive you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	38	ryf8	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will give. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you.” (2) “other people will give to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	38	q8sq	figs-metaphor	μέτρον καλὸν, πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	a good measure—pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap	Jesus is comparing someone to a grain merchant who measures out very generously. He could mean either God or other people. The word **they** is indefinite, so it does not necessarily refer to people rather than to God. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, God will give you a generous amount” or “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, people will give you a generous amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	38	l320	figs-activepassive	πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap	These are all passive verb forms in Greek. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with active verbal phrases. See the alternate translation in the previous note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	38	l321	translate-unknown	τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	your lap	This is a reference to the way people in this culture would form a pocket or carrying pouch from the folds of the front of their robes. If you readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the folds of your robe” or “a container” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	6	38	fp26	figs-activepassive	ᾧ…μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured back to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. There are two possibilities. Alternate translation: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	38	fp26	figs-activepassive	ᾧ…μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured back to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	39	bw7f	figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς	1	Then he also told them a parable	Jesus is giving a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	6	39	l322	figs-gendernotations	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he?	Here the word translated **blind man** is masculine, but Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	6	39	l323	figs-doublenegatives	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he?	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **is he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind really guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ LUK	7	3	l349		ἐρωτῶν αὐτὸν ὅπως ἐλθὼν διασώσῃ
 LUK	7	4	hm7l		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν σπουδαίως	1	they asked him earnestly	Alternate translation: “they pleaded with him” or “they begged him”
 LUK	7	4	y6vt	writing-pronouns	ἄξιός ἐστιν	1	He is worthy	Here the pronoun **he** refers to the centurion, not the servant. Alternate translation: “This centurion is worthy” or “This centurion deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	7	5	cny7	figs-exclusive	τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	our nation	Here, **our nation** refers to the Jewish people. Since the elders are speaking to Jesus as a fellow Jew, the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “our people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-LUK	7	6	l350	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Here, **and** could mean: (1) It may mean that Jesus went with the elders because they pleaded with him. Alternate translation, as in UST: “So” (2) It may mean that Jesus went with the elders after they pleaded with him. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	7	6	l350	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Here, **and** could mean: (1) Jesus went with the elders because they pleaded with him. Alternate translation, as in UST: “So” (2) Jesus went with the elders after they pleaded with him. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	7	6	s5xg		ἐπορεύετο	1	went on his way	Alternate translation: “went along”
 LUK	7	6	el4w	figs-litotes	αὐτοῦ οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας	1	when he was … not far away from the house	Luke is expressing a positive meaning figuratively by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “when he was … near the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	7	6	i6kv		μὴ σκύλλου	1	do not trouble yourself	The centurion is speaking politely to Jesus through these friends. Alternate translation: “I do not want to make you go out of your way”
@@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ LUK	10	8	wd2x	figs-activepassive	ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα
 LUK	10	9	ws6g	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς…ἀσθενεῖς	1	the sick	Jesus is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	10	9	l565	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	in it	Alternate translation: “who live in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	10	9	l566	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε αὐτοῖς, ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	say to them, ‘The kingdom of God has come close to you’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “tell them that the kingdom of God has come close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	10	9	e1he	figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The kingdom of God has come close to you	The idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** can be expressed with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) The kingdom of God is close in location, that is, its activities are happening nearby. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) The kingdom of God is close in time, that is, it will begin soon. Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+LUK	10	9	e1he	figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The kingdom of God has come close to you	The idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** can be expressed with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God is close in location, that is, its activities are happening nearby. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God is close in time, that is, it will begin soon. Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	10	10	nt9n	writing-pronouns	καὶ μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς	1	and they do not receive you	This is a direct contrast to the similar expression in [10:8](../10/08.md). Once again the pronoun **they** refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there do not welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	10	11	l567	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν; πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε, ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Even the dust that clings to us from your city on our feet we wipe off against you! But know this, that the kingdom of God has come near	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing from the end of the previous verse): “that you are going to wipe even the dust from their city off your feet as a warning to them, but that you still want them to know that the kingdom of God came close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	10	11	bc9h	translate-symaction	καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν	1	Even the dust that clings to us from your city on our feet we wipe off against you	This is a symbolic action by which these disciples are to show that they do not want to have the slightest connection with the people of any city who reject Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “Because you have rejected Jesus, we want to have nothing to do with you. We do not even want to have the dust from your town on our feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ LUK	10	18	a37w	figs-simile	ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀσ
 LUK	10	18	v8fl	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα	1	fall from heaven	While Jesus actually did see this in his vision, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this image, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	18	l590	translate-names	Σατανᾶν	1	Satan	**Satan** is the name of the devil. It occurs a few more times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	10	19	l591	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses **behold** to focus his disciples’ attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	10	19	xl7q	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων	1	authority to tread on snakes and scorpions	This could mean: (1) Jesus may be referring to actual **snakes and scorpions** and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) The phrase **snakes and scorpions** may be a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	10	19	xl7q	figs-metaphor	τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων	1	authority to tread on snakes and scorpions	This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to actual **snakes and scorpions** and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) the phrase **snakes and scorpions** is a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	19	l592	translate-unknown	ὄφεων	1	snakes	In context, this clearly means poisonous **snakes**. If your readers would not be familiar with **snakes**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous biting animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	10	19	mla6	translate-unknown	σκορπίων	1	scorpions	The term **scorpions** describes small animals that are related to spiders. They have two claws and a poisonous stinger in their tail. If your readers would not be familiar with **scorpions**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous stinging animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	10	19	uvt4	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ	1	and over all the power of the enemy	This phrase continues the meaning from earlier in the sentence. The **enemy** is Satan, as described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I have also given you authority to overcome the resistance of Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@ LUK	10	41	l631	figs-activepassive	θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά	1	you a
 LUK	10	42	hqt4	figs-hyperbole	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	but one thing is necessary	Jesus says **one thing** as an overstatement for emphasis. Other things actually are necessary for life, but this is the most important one. Alternate translation: “but one thing is more important than all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	10	42	l632	figs-explicit	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	but one thing is necessary	The implication is that this most important thing is what Jesus is teaching about God, and that Martha should have been concentrating on that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one thing, what I am teaching about God, is more important than all the others, and you should have been concentrating on that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	42	l633		Μαριὰμ…τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο	1	Mary has chosen the good part	While Jesus spoke just earlier about “one thing” as opposed to “many things,” here he seems to contrast only two things, **the good part** with another part, perhaps not “the bad part,” but at least the part that is not to be preferred. This likely refers to the two activities that Mary and Martha have chosen to pursue while Jesus is present in their home. Alternate translation: “Mary has chosen the better activity”
-LUK	10	42	nzn8	figs-activepassive	ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς	1	which will not be taken away from her	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “I will not take that opportunity away from her” (2) “God will not let her lose what she has gained from listening to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	42	nzn8	figs-activepassive	ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς	1	which will not be taken away from her	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. This could mean: (1) “I will not take that opportunity away from her.” (2) “God will not let her lose what she has gained from listening to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	intro	j6le			0		# Luke 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about prayer (11:1-13)<br>2. Jesus teaches about driving out demons and other subjects (11:14-36)<br>3. Jesus criticizes the Pharisees and experts in the law (11:37-54)<br><br>ULT sets the lines in 11:2-4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Lord’s Prayer<br><br>When Jesus’ followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about.<br><br>### Jonah<br><br>Jonah was an Old Testament prophet whom God sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell the people there to repent. When he went and preached to them, they did repent. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, that is, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. The Bible speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, that is, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Washing<br><br>The Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash those things, but they would wash them anyway. They did that because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that their ancestors had added, God would think that they were better people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### Bread and stone, fish and snake<br><br>In 11:11, some ancient manuscripts have a longer reading, which also is found in Matthew 7:9. It says, “Which father among you, if your son asks for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? Or a fish, will give him a snake?” ULT uses the shorter reading, which mentions just the fish and snake. This shorter reading is well attested to in many other ancient manuscripts. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	11	1	fl3j	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	11	1	l635	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	John	This disciple is referring to John the Baptist. You could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ LUK	11	6	l642	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου παρεγέ
 LUK	11	6	l643	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπειδὴ	1	since	The speaker uses this word to introduce the reason why he is making this request at this time. If you translate this as a direct quotation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you why I am asking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	11	6	zl5w	figs-metonymy	παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με	1	my friend has come to me from the road	The speaker uses the term **road** figuratively to describe being on a journey. Alternate translation: “another friend of mine is on a journey and has just arrived at my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	11	6	zp7j	figs-hyperbole	ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	anything to serve to him	It is unlikely that the speaker has no food at all in his house that he could serve his friend. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-LUK	11	6	l731	figs-explicit	ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	anything to serve to him	There are two other possibilities for why the speaker says this: (1) The issue could be, as UST implies, that while his family has the ingredients to make a meal, they do not want to make a weary traveler wait the time it would take for them to bake bread and prepare other food. Alternate translation: “any food prepared to feed him” (2) The implication may be that the speaker wants to extend hospitality by sharing a meal with his guest, and so he needs enough food for a family meal. Alternate translation: “enough food to share a meal with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	11	6	l731	figs-explicit	ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	anything to serve to him	This could mean: (1) as UST implies, while his family has the ingredients to make a meal, they do not want to make a weary traveler wait the time it would take for them to bake bread and prepare other food. Alternate translation: “any food prepared to feed him” (2) the speaker wants to extend hospitality by sharing a meal with his guest, and so he needs enough food for a family meal. Alternate translation: “enough food to share a meal with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	7	l644	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ	1	answering … he may say	The word **answering** indicates that what this friend **may say** would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	11	7	l645	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπῃ, μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε; ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ παιδία μου μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν; οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι	1	he may say, ‘Do not cause me trouble. The door has already been shut, and my children are in the bed with me. I am not able to get up to give to you’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he may tell you not to bother him, because he has already locked the door for the night and his children are in bed with him, so he cannot get up and give you anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	11	7	l646	figs-activepassive	ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται	1	The door has already been shut	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “We have already closed and locked the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ LUK	11	19	l670	figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	your sons	Here, Jesus
 LUK	11	19	bs8x	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται	1	they will be your judges	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	20	l671	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	if I drive out the demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come to you	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 LUK	11	20	y643	figs-metonymy	ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ	1	the finger of God	This phrase refers figuratively to God’s power. Alternate translation: “by the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	11	20	ja3u	figs-abstractnouns	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God has come to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) The kingdom of God has arrived in this place, that is, its activities are happening here. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) The kingdom of God has arrived in time, that is, it already beginning. Alternate translation: “God is beginning to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+LUK	11	20	ja3u	figs-abstractnouns	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God has come to you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God has arrived in this place, that is, its activities are happening here. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God has arrived in time, that is, it already beginning. Alternate translation: “God is beginning to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	11	21	e4d1	figs-parables	ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	When the strong man who is fully armed	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand. ‘When a strong man who has all his weapons’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	11	21	l672	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	the strong man who is fully armed	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a strong man who has all his weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	21	l673	figs-synecdoche	φυλάσσῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ αὐλήν	1	is guarding his own courtyard	Jesus speaks of one part of a house, its **courtyard** or entrance area, to refer figuratively to the entire house. Alternate translation: “is guarding his own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@ LUK	12	1	l730	translate-unknown	μυριάδων	1	myriads	The word **myriads**
 LUK	12	1	l734		τοῦ ὄχλου	1	of the crowd	In this context, the word **crowd** refers to ordinary people. Alternate translation: “of the common people”
 LUK	12	1	l735	figs-activepassive	ἐπισυναχθεισῶν	1	were gathered together	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “were coming together” or “were crowding around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	1	ybz9	figs-hyperbole	ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους	1	so that they trampled on each other	This could be an exaggeration to emphasize how tightly packed together the crowd as. Alternate translation: “so that they were all tightly packed together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-LUK	12	1	x38n		ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον	1	he began to say to his disciples first	This could mean: (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) This was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
+LUK	12	1	x38n		ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον	1	he began to say to his disciples first	This could mean: (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) this was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
 LUK	12	1	f5b9	figs-metaphor	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης, τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις	1	Guard yourselves from the yeast of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy	Jesus is describing the influence of **the Pharisees** figuratively by comparing its spread throughout the community to the way **yeast** spreads through a whole batch of dough or batter. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees, whose behavior is influencing everyone around them, just as yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	1	l736	translate-unknown	ζύμης	1	yeast	**Yeast** is a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. If your readers would not be familiar with yeast, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	2	m1ti	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	But	**But** connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you can use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -2156,7 +2156,7 @@ LUK	12	27	h293		κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει
 LUK	12	27	s8d3	translate-unknown	τὰ κρίνα	1	the lilies	The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you could use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	27	u3mf	translate-unknown	οὐδὲ νήθει	1	neither do they spin	In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	27	l781		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν	1	But I say to you, not even Solomon	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
-LUK	12	27	nug5	figs-abstractnouns	Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	Solomon in all his glory	This could mean one of two things. You could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** in either way. Alternate translation: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+LUK	12	27	nug5	figs-abstractnouns	Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	Solomon in all his glory	The abstract noun **glory** could mean: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth.” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	12	27	l782	translate-names	Σολομὼν	1	Solomon	**Solomon** is the name of a man, a great king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	12	28	rur9	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	Jesus speaks figuratively of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	28	l783	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -2238,9 +2238,9 @@ LUK	12	46	l814	figs-hypo	ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκε
 LUK	12	46	j1m1	figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	in a day that he does not expect, and in an hour that he does not know	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using the repetition to emphasize that the return of the master will be completely unexpected by the servant. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “at a time that is a complete surprise to the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	12	46	l815	figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ	1	in a day that he does not expect	Here, Jesus uses the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he is not expecting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	12	46	l816	figs-idiom	ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	in an hour that he does not know	Here, Jesus uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he does not think he will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	12	46	vg1d	figs-metaphor	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	will cut him in two	The expression **cut him in two** could mean one of two things, depending on how the word **unfaithful** is understood (see next note): (1) If **unfaithful** means “untrustworthy,” then the expression is probably figurative, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he **cut him in two**. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (2) If **unfaithful** means “unbelieving,” then the expression is more literal, since it would describe something that will happen when God judges the world. Alternate translation: “destroy his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	46	l817		τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει	1	will … appoint his place with the unfaithful	The term that ULT translates as **unfaithful** could mean: (1) It may mean “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) It may mean “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
-LUK	12	46	l818	figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀπίστων	1	the unfaithful	Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (see previous note). Alternate translation: (1) “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	12	46	vg1d	figs-metaphor	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	will cut him in two	The expression **cut him in two** could mean one of two things, depending on how the word **unfaithful** is understood (see next note): (1) if **unfaithful** means “untrustworthy,” then the expression is probably figurative, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he **cut him in two**. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (2) if **unfaithful** means “unbelieving,” then the expression is more literal, since it would describe something that will happen when God judges the world. Alternate translation: “destroy his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	12	46	l817		τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει	1	will … appoint his place with the unfaithful	The term that ULT translates as **unfaithful** could mean: (1) “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
+LUK	12	46	l818	figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀπίστων	1	the unfaithful	Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (see previous note). Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	12	47	p1l2	figs-hypo	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	Now that servant, the one who knew the will of his master, and did not get ready or do according to his will, will be beaten much	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a servant knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	12	47	aj41		τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	the will of his master	Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
 LUK	12	47	im3v	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	will be beaten much	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ LUK	13	18	l867	figs-abstractnouns	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασι
 LUK	13	19	g4hr	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	It is like a mustard seed	This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	13	19	l868	figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	It is like a mustard seed	This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the people understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the people in the synagogue this illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	13	19	x3p8	translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	a mustard seed	A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with it, in your translation you can use the name of another seed like it, or you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	13	19	l869	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	a man	This could mean: (1) This is a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (2) This refers to a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God, since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a **woman** doing something. In that case, it would be appropriate to say **a man** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+LUK	13	19	l869	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	a man	This could: (1) be a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (2) refers to a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God, since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a **woman** doing something. In that case, it would be appropriate to say **a man** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	13	19	wv4q	figs-explicit	ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ	1	took and threw into his garden	In this culture, people planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in a garden. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know this. Alternate translation: “planted in his garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	19	avk2	figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ	1	the birds of the sky nested in its branches	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “birds built their nests in its branches” or “birds flew down and made nests in its branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	13	20	hn4n	figs-rquestion	τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	To what will I compare the kingdom of God?	Jesus once again uses a question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am going to compare the kingdom of God to something else.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -2429,13 +2429,13 @@ LUK	13	31	r41z	figs-doublet	ἔξελθε καὶ πορεύου ἐντεῦθ
 LUK	13	31	l7fe	figs-metonymy	Ἡρῴδης θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖναι	1	Herod wants to kill you	Herod would not kill Jesus personally. Rather, he would order people to do it. Alternate translation: “Herod plans to send his soldiers to kill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	13	32	l904	figs-quotesinquotes	πορευθέντες εἴπατε τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ, ἰδοὺ, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ	1	Go and tell that fox, ‘Behold, I am driving out demons and perform healings’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Go and tell that fox that I will certainly continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	13	32	l905	translate-unknown	τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ	1	that fox	A **fox** is a small wild dog. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **fox** is, you could use the name of a similar animal in your region, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “that little dog” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	13	32	af7k	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ	1	that fox	Jesus is referring to Herod figuratively as a **fox**. This could mean: (1) Since foxes need to rely on cunning to catch their prey, Jesus may be saying that Herod is devious. Alternate translation: “that devious person” (2) Since a fox is a small animal, Jesus may be saying that Herod was not much of a threat. Alternate translation: “that insignificant person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	13	32	af7k	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ	1	that fox	Jesus is referring to Herod figuratively as a **fox**. This could mean: (1) since foxes need to rely on cunning to catch their prey, Jesus may be saying that Herod is devious. Alternate translation: “that devious person” (2) since a fox is a small animal, Jesus may be saying that Herod was not much of a threat. Alternate translation: “that insignificant person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	32	l906	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the term **behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	32	l907	figs-idiom	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	The expression **today and tomorrow** is an idiom that means “at the present time” or “for now.” Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	13	32	l908	figs-synecdoche	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	Jesus speaks of two parts of his ministry, **driving out demons and performing healings**, to mean all of his ministry, which also included teaching and other things. Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to carry on my ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	13	32	l909	figs-explicit	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	The implication is that Jesus is saying he knows he does not need to be afraid of Herod’s deadly intentions, even though he is in territory that Herod rules, because God will keep him safe while he carries out his ministry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that for now, with God’s protection, I can safely carry on my ministry even in Herod’s territory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	32	l910	figs-idiom	τῇ τρίτῃ	1	on the third day	In this culture, **the third day** meant “the day after tomorrow.” Jesus is using the expression as an idiom. Alternate translation: “at a short time in the future” or “soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	13	32	l911	figs-activepassive	τελειοῦμαι	1	I will be finished	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. This could mean: (1) Jesus may mean that he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) This expression may also refer to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus may be referring to a goal or destination figuratively, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) The expression may also describe someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means here, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	32	l911	figs-activepassive	τελειοῦμαι	1	I will be finished	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) this expression refers to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus is referring to a goal or destination figuratively, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) the expression describes someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means here, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	33	p9za		πλὴν δεῖ με…πορεύεσθαι	1	Nevertheless, it is necessary for me to journey	Alternate translation: “But I must keep traveling”
 LUK	13	33	l912	figs-idiom	σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ	1	today, and tomorrow, and the following day	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “now and in the time just ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	13	33	nbk7	figs-irony	οὐκ ἐνδέχεται προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	it is not possible for a prophet to perish outside of Jerusalem	This could also mean “it is not acceptable.” Either way, Jesus is speaking ironically. The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God, and yet their ancestors killed many of God’s prophets in Jerusalem. Jesus knew that they would kill him there too. Alternate translation: “it is in Jerusalem that the Jewish leaders have killed so many of God’s messengers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ LUK	14	17	us3d	figs-idiom	τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου	1	at the hour of
 LUK	14	17	xkp8	figs-activepassive	τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	the ones who were invited	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to those he had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	17	l951	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔρχεσθε, ὅτι ἤδη ἕτοιμά ἐστιν	1	‘Come, because it is now ready’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that they should come because everything was now ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	14	18	eh3h	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	This word introduces a contrast between what was expected, that all the invited guests would come to the dinner, and what happened, that they all declined to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	14	18	l952	figs-ellipsis	ἀπὸ μιᾶς πάντες	1	all from one	Jesus is leaving out a word that this sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This could mean a number of things, depending on what word is supplied, but the general sense is the same in every case: (1) “All from one mind” or “all from one voice,” that is, unanimously. Alternate translation: “all alike” (2) “All from one manner.” Alternate translation: “all in the same way” (3) “All from one time” Alternate translation: “all, as soon as the servant came to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+LUK	14	18	l952	figs-ellipsis	ἀπὸ μιᾶς πάντες	1	all from one	Jesus is leaving out a word that this sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This could mean a number of things, depending on what word is supplied, but the general sense is the same in every case: (1) “all from one mind” or “all from one voice,” that is, unanimously. Alternate translation: “all alike” (2) “all from one manner.” Alternate translation: “all in the same way” (3) “all from one time” Alternate translation: “all, as soon as the servant came to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	14	18	s9as		παραιτεῖσθαι	1	to excuse themselves	Alternate translation: “to give polite reasons why they could not come to the dinner”
 LUK	14	18	l3r6	figs-explicit	ὁ πρῶτος εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	The first said to him	While **him** refers to the servant, the implication is that this first guest was giving the servant a message for his master, since it would be the master, not the servant, who would excuse him from attending the banquet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached told him to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	18	l953	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	The first	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -2558,7 +2558,7 @@ LUK	14	22	y4rb	figs-explicit	καὶ εἶπεν ὁ δοῦλος	1	And the ser
 LUK	14	22	l963	figs-quotesinquotes	Κύριε, γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν	1	‘Master, what you commanded has happened, and there is still room’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had done what the master had commanded but there was still room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	14	22	dgt3		γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας	1	what you commanded has happened	Alternate translation: “I have done what you commanded”
 LUK	14	23	l964	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμοὺς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	the master said to the servant, ‘Go out into the roads and hedges and compel them to come in, so that my house may be filled’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the master told the servant to go out into the roads and hedges and compel people to come in so that his house would be filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	14	23	n9x7	figs-metonymy	φραγμοὺς	1	hedges	The word **hedges** describes boundary fences that enclose and protect fields and buildings. They may be made of bushes and shrubs growing closely together, or they may be made of wood or stone or similar building materials. This could mean: (1) This refers to actual hedges. In that case, you could use the equivalent term in your language or a general expression. Alternate translation: “boundary fences” (2) Since the term is paired with **roads**, it may figuratively mean the footpaths that run along hedges at the borders of fields. Alternate translation: “paths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	14	23	n9x7	figs-metonymy	φραγμοὺς	1	hedges	The word **hedges** describes boundary fences that enclose and protect fields and buildings. They may be made of bushes and shrubs growing closely together, or they may be made of wood or stone or similar building materials. This could mean: (1) actual hedges. In that case, you could use the equivalent term in your language or a general expression. Alternate translation: “boundary fences” (2) since the term is paired with **roads**, it may figuratively mean the footpaths that run along hedges at the borders of fields. Alternate translation: “paths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	14	23	w5w6	figs-activepassive	ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	so that my house may be filled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that guests may fill my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	24	i5lt	figs-declarative	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper	The master is using a future statement to express the result he desires from the instructions he has just given his servants. Alternate translation: “For I say to you that I do not want any of those men who were invited to taste of my supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	14	24	v5m6	figs-you	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper	While the word **you** is singular in [14:21-23](../14/21.md) because the master and the servant are addressing one another individually, here the word **you** is plural. It is not clear why. Possibly it may be assumed that other servants have been helping and that the master is now addressing all of the servants at once. In that case, it would make sense to translate **you** using the plural form, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@ LUK	14	30	l975	figs-gendernotations	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	this man
 LUK	14	30	l976	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	This word introduces a contrast between what the man planned to do and what he failed to do in the end. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	14	31	vp3u	figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται, εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι τῷ μετὰ εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτόν?	1	Or what king, going to engage another king in war, will not sit down and first determine whether he is able with 10,000 to meet the one coming against him with 20,000?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly a king who was going to war against another king would sit down first and determine whether with 10,000 troops he would be able to defeat a king who was attacking him with 20,000 troops.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	14	31	l977	figs-hypo	ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται	1	Or what king, going to engage another king in war, will not sit down and first determine figs-hypo	Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Or suppose one king were going to fight a war against another king. Then he would certainly sit down first and determine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	14	31	tl37		βουλεύσεται	1	determine	This could mean: Alternate translation: (1) He would think carefully about it. (2) He would consult with his advisors to decide.
+LUK	14	31	tl37		βουλεύσεται	1	determine	This could mean: (1) he would think carefully about it. (2) he would consult with his advisors to decide.
 LUK	14	32	dpc5	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	But if not	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he realizes that he will not be able to defeat the other king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	32	l978		ἔτι αὐτοῦ πόρρω ὄντος, πρεσβείαν ἀποστείλας ἐρωτᾷ τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	while he is still far away, sending a delegation, he asks the things for peace	Alternate translation: “while the other king is still far away, the first king sends a delegation and asks for terms of peace”
 LUK	14	32	p5h6		τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	the things for peace	Alternate translation: “for terms to end the war” or “what the other king wants him to do so that he will not attack”
@@ -2619,7 +2619,7 @@ LUK	15	3	ill7	figs-parables	εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν πα
 LUK	15	4	pxm3	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό?	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave the 99 in the wilderness and go after the lost one until he finds it?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	15	4	l989	figs-hypo	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave	Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then you would certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	15	4	m048	figs-123person	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα…ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep … until he finds it	Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-LUK	15	4	l990	figs-gendernotations	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	Which man among you	This could mean: (1) While all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) Since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+LUK	15	4	l990	figs-gendernotations	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	Which man among you	This could mean: (1) while all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	15	4	l991	figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀπολωλὸς	1	the lost one	Here, Jesus is using the participle **lost**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **one** to show that. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the sheep that had wandered off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	15	5	l992	figs-123person	καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων	1	And having found it, he lays it on his shoulders, rejoicing	If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	15	5	xwa5	figs-explicit	ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ	1	he lays it on his shoulders	This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2661,7 +2661,7 @@ LUK	15	17	x4jc	figs-idiom	εἰς ἑαυτὸν…ἐλθὼν	1	coming to hims
 LUK	15	17	m004	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔφη, πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι	1	he said, ‘How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told himself that all of his father’s hired servants had more than enough food to eat, but he was perishing from hunger where he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	15	17	xw1a	figs-exclamations	πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι	1	How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here	This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “All of my father’s hired servants have more than enough food to eat, but I am perishing from hunger here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 LUK	15	17	m005	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτων	1	bread	The young man is using one kind of food, **bread**, figuratively to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	15	17	tal2	figs-hyperbole	λιμῷ…ἀπόλλυμαι	1	I am perishing from hunger	This could mean: (1) It may be a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have so little to eat” (2) The young man may literally have been starving. Alternate translation: “am about to die of starvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	15	17	tal2	figs-hyperbole	λιμῷ…ἀπόλλυμαι	1	I am perishing from hunger	This could mean: (1) it is a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have so little to eat” (2) the young man has literally been starving. Alternate translation: “am about to die of starvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	15	18	m006	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀναστὰς, πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ ἐρῶ αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου	1	I will get up and go to my father, and I will say to him, Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He decided that he would leave that place and go to his father and tell him that he had sinned against God and directly against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	15	18	m007	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	get up	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will leave this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	15	18	m4pj	figs-euphemism	τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heaven	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -2893,7 +2893,7 @@ LUK	17	2	dvz5	figs-explicit	λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ	1	It would be b
 LUK	17	2	uk6e	figs-explicit	λίθος μυλικὸς περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	a millstone were lying around his neck	The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	2	gr89	translate-unknown	λίθος μυλικὸς	1	a millstone	A **millstone** is a very large, heavy, circular stone that is used for grinding grain into flour. If your readers would not be familiar with a millstone, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone” or “a heavy wheel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	17	2	k9xl	figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίσῃ	1	he should trap	See how you translated this in [17:1](../17/01.md). Jesus is using the word **trap** figuratively. Alternate translation: “he should tempt to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	17	2	xm7x	figs-metaphor	τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	these little ones	This could mean: (1) This refers to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) This is a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” or (3) This is a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	17	2	xm7x	figs-metaphor	τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	these little ones	This could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	17	3	m104	figs-explicit	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς	1	Pay attention to yourselves	Since Jesus is teaching about how important it is not to sin and not to encourage others to sin, the implication is that this statement means that he wants his disciples to help one another not to sin. Alternate translation: “Help one another not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	3	m105	figs-you	προσέχετε	1	Pay attention	The implied “you” in this imperative is plural, since Jesus is speaking to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	17	3	m106	figs-youcrowd	σου…ἐπιτίμησον…ἄφες	1	your … rebuke … forgive	The word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperatives **rebuke** and **forgive** are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
@@ -2984,7 +2984,7 @@ LUK	17	20	m151	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία
 LUK	17	21	m152	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ	1	Neither will they say, ‘Behold, here!’ or ‘There!’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “People will not say that they see it near them in one place or over in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	17	21	m153	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ	1	‘Behold, here!’ or ‘There!’	These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. In this case, it would be appropriate to translate the term with a popular expression in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “‘Hey, here it is!’ or ‘There it is!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	17	21	m154	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	For behold	Jesus is using the term **behold** to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “For indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	17	21	xj7z	figs-you	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	the kingdom of God is within you	This could mean: (1) Jesus may be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) Since the word **you** is plural here, Jesus may be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	17	21	xj7z	figs-you	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	the kingdom of God is within you	This could mean: (1) the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) since the word **you** is plural here, Jesus may be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	17	21	xpi7	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	the kingdom of God is within you	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is ruling inside of you” or “God is ruling in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	17	22	x3y2	figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ὅτε	1	The days will come when	Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “There will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	17	22	v2i3	figs-idiom	ἐπιθυμήσετε…ἰδεῖν	1	you will desire to see	Jesus is using the term **see** figuratively to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “you will want very much to experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -3047,7 +3047,7 @@ LUK	17	33	kvw6		ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει, ζῳογονήσει αὐ
 LUK	17	34	p84l		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
 LUK	17	34	j3b6	figs-hypo	ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς	1	in that night there will be two in one bed	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose this were to happen at night, and suppose there were two people sleeping in the same bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	17	34	at99	translate-unknown	ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς	1	in one bed	If your readers would not be familiar with what a **bed** is, you could use the name of the sleeping furniture that people in your own culture use, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sleeping on one mat” or “sleeping side by side” or “sleeping in the same place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	17	34	e9hj	figs-activepassive	ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	The one will be taken and the other will be left	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. This could mean: (1) The person who is **taken** may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is **left** may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) In the parallel to this passage in the gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is **taken** may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is **left** may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	34	e9hj	figs-activepassive	ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	The one will be taken and the other will be left	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. This could mean: (1) the person who is **taken** may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is **left** may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) in the parallel to this passage in the gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is **taken** may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is **left** may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	34	m183	figs-hypo	ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται	1	The one will be taken	If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	17	35	il9v	figs-hypo	ἔσονται δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό	1	There will be two grinding together	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two women are grinding grain together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	17	35	m184		δύο	1	two	The verb is feminine, so this means “two women.” (In [17:34](../17/34.md) and [17:36](../17/36.md), grammatically masculine forms are used, but conventionally in Greek that means that the people are not known to be all women; they could be men or women, so a general term such as “people” would be appropriate in those verses.) Alternate translation: “two women”
@@ -3217,7 +3217,7 @@ LUK	18	38	u69g	figs-imperative	ἐλέησόν με	1	have mercy on me	This is a
 LUK	18	38	m252	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	have mercy on me	The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	39	m253		οἱ προάγοντες	1	the ones who were walking ahead	Alternate translation: “the people who were walking ahead of Jesus”
 LUK	18	39	z7r6		ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ, ἵνα σιγήσῃ	1	were rebuking him, so that he would be silent	Alternate translation: “kept telling him not to shout”
-LUK	18	39	zug7		πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν	1	he kept crying out much more	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “he shouted even louder” (2) “he called out even more persistently”
+LUK	18	39	zug7		πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν	1	he kept crying out much more	This could mean: (1) “he shouted even louder.” (2) “he called out even more persistently.”
 LUK	18	39	m254	figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με	1	Son of David, have mercy on me	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [18:38](../18/38.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	40	m255	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς αὐτόν	1	him to be brought to him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people to bring the blind man to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	41	al8g		ἵνα ἀναβλέψω	1	that I might see again	Alternate translation: “I want to be able to see again” or “I want you to restore my sight”
@@ -3294,7 +3294,7 @@ LUK	19	16	j7ag	translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	mina	See how you translated **mina**
 LUK	19	17	abcq	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	And he said to him, ‘Well done, good servant. Because you were faithful in very little, be having authority over ten cities’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he had shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	17	m287	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	And he said to him	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So the king said to the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	19	17	n5at	figs-exclamations	εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε!	1	Well done, good servant!	Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good job!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-LUK	19	17	t6zk		ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ	1	in very little	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “in a small responsibility” (2) “with a little bit of money”
+LUK	19	17	t6zk		ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ	1	in very little	This could mean: (1) “in a small responsibility.” (2) “with a little bit of money.”
 LUK	19	17	m288	figs-imperative	ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	be having authority over ten cities	The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	19	18	zsr1	figs-quotesinquotes	ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	the second came and said, ‘Your mina, master, has made five minas’	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	18	m289	figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -3463,8 +3463,8 @@ LUK	20	9	s8tt	translate-unknown	ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1
 LUK	20	9	y37s		γεωργοῖς	1	farmers	While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
 LUK	20	10	wm51	figs-explicit	καιρῷ	1	at the time	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	10	m361		γεωργοὺς…γεωργοὶ	1	farmers … farmers	See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
-LUK	20	10	kr7j	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	of the fruit of the vineyard	This could mean: (1) The word **fruit** may be intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) The word **fruit** may be figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	20	10	m362	figs-explicit	οἱ…γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν	1	the farmers sent him away, having beaten him, empty	It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	20	10	kr7j	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	of the fruit of the vineyard	The word **fruit** could be: (1) intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	20	10	m362	figs-explicit	οἱ…γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν	1	the farmers sent him away, having beaten him, empty	It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/ttranslate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	10	isk1	figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν	1	sent him away empty	Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	11	r72a		ἀτιμάσαντες	1	treated him shamefully	Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
 LUK	20	11	vxh2	figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν	1	sent him away empty	See how you translated this in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ LUK	21	10	e65b	figs-ellipsis	καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλεία
 LUK	21	10	m438	figs-genericnoun	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	kingdom against kingdom	The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 LUK	21	10	m439	figs-metonymy	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	kingdom against kingdom	The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	11	ib3l		φόβηθρά	1	terrifying events	Alternate translation: “events that terrify people” or “events that cause people to be very afraid”
-LUK	21	11	m440	figs-metonymy	σημεῖα ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ μεγάλα	1	great signs from heaven	Here, the term **heaven** could mean: (1) Based on what Jesus says in [21:25](../21/25.md) about signs in the sun, moon, and stars, it may have the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “great signs in the sky” (2) It may be a way of referring to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “great signs from God” or “great signs that God sends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	21	11	m440	figs-metonymy	σημεῖα ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ μεγάλα	1	great signs from heaven	Here, the term **heaven** could mean: (1) based on what Jesus says in [21:25](../21/25.md) about signs in the sun, moon, and stars, it has the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “great signs in the sky” (2) a way of referring to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “great signs from God” or “great signs that God sends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	12	unm4	figs-metonymy	τούτων	1	these things	This refers implicitly to the things that Jesus has said will happen. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	12	w5uz	figs-metonymy	ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν	1	they will lay their hands on you	This expression figuratively means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of that person. Alternate translation: “they will arrest you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	12	qd99	writing-pronouns	ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν	1	they will lay their hands on you	The pronoun **they** refers to the government authorities, who will be led to arrest the followers of Jesus by their enemies, as Jesus explains in [21:16](../21/16.md). Alternate translation: “the authorities will arrest you” or “your enemies will get the authorities to arrest you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -3684,7 +3684,7 @@ LUK	21	15	d3zh	figs-doublenegatives	ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται ἀντιστ
 LUK	21	15	m444	figs-doublet	ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν	1	to resist or contradict	The terms **resist** and **contradict** mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to deny” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	21	16	xc2s	figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεσθε…καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων, καὶ ἀδελφῶν, καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ φίλων	1	you will be delivered even by parents, and brothers, and relatives, and friends	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will turn you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	16	m445	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφῶν	1	brothers	Here, the term **brothers** has a generic sense that includes both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “siblings” or “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-LUK	21	16	ue17	writing-pronouns	θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	they will put to death some of you	The pronoun **they** could possibly mean one of two things, though the first meaning is more likely. Alternate translation: (1) “the authorities will kill some of you” (2) “those who turn you in will kill some of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	21	16	ue17	writing-pronouns	θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	they will put to death some of you	The pronoun **they** could mean: (1) “the authorities will kill some of you.” (2) “those who turn you in will kill some of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	21	17	m446	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by all	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	17	wbh8	figs-hyperbole	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by all	The term **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	21	17	lm66	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, **name** figuratively represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3712,7 +3712,7 @@ LUK	21	23	e1pj		ταῖς θηλαζούσαις	1	the ones nursing	This does no
 LUK	21	23	m459	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	21	23	m460	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why it will be very difficult for pregnant women and nursing mothers at this time. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the sentence that this word introduces first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the other sentence in the verse describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	21	23	m461	figs-parallelism	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ	1	there will be great distress upon the land and wrath to this people	If the word **land** figuratively means the people who live in the land (see note below), then these two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “God will angrily punish the people who live in this land by making them suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-LUK	21	23	mzp3	figs-metonymy	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	there will be great distress upon the land	This could mean: (1) The term **land** may refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) The term **land** may be literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	21	23	mzp3	figs-metonymy	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	there will be great distress upon the land	The term **land** could be: (1) a figurative reference to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	23	m462	figs-abstractnouns	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	there will be great distress upon the land	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **distress** with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	21	23	iw4r	figs-metonymy	καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ	1	and wrath to this people	Jesus is using the word **wrath** figuratively to mean what God will do in his **wrath**. Alternate translation: “and God will angrily punish this people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	24	lmj8	figs-metonymy	πεσοῦνται	1	they will fall	Here, **fall** figuratively means to die by association with the way that people who die **fall** to the ground. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3723,7 +3723,7 @@ LUK	21	24	m466	figs-synecdoche	μαχαίρης	1	the sword	Jesus may figurative
 LUK	21	24	cg3n	figs-activepassive	αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα	1	they will be led captive into all the nations	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them away into other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	24	zn4e	figs-hyperbole	εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα	1	into all the nations	The word **all** is a generalization that emphasizes that their enemies will take the people away to many other countries. Alternate translation: “into many other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	21	24	m467	figs-metonymy	ἐθνῶν	1	nations	Jesus is using the term **nations** figuratively to mean the places where various people groups live. Alternate translation: “countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	21	24	d356	figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations	Jesus speaks figuratively of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This could mean: (1) The image may be of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) The image may be of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	21	24	d356	figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations	Jesus speaks figuratively of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This image could be: (1) of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	24	m468	figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” or “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	24	m469	figs-explicit	ἐθνῶν	2	the nations	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that by **the nations**, he means in this instance the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	24	na6l	figs-activepassive	ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν	1	until the times of the nations are fulfilled	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. (See the discussion of the meaning of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “until the time when the Gentiles rule the Jews is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -3753,7 +3753,7 @@ LUK	21	30	yic5		ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν	1	the summer i
 LUK	21	31	y81z		ταῦτα	1	these things	Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described”
 LUK	21	31	t1ca	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God is near	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	21	32	gsh9		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
-LUK	21	32	h921	figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born a certain generation. This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. Alternate translation: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening” (2) “the people who are alive now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	21	32	h921	figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born a certain generation. This could mean: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening.” (2) “the people who are alive now.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	32	m3il		οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ…ἕως ἂν	1	will certainly not pass away until	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will still be alive when”
 LUK	21	32	m481		πάντα	1	all	Alternate translation: “all of these things”
 LUK	21	33	t53u	figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται	1	The heaven and the earth will pass away	Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together figuratively to describe all of creation. Here, the term **heaven** refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@@ -3840,7 +3840,7 @@ LUK	22	15	s1sj	figs-metonymy	πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν	1	before I suffe
 LUK	22	16	m510	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why he has been so eager to share this Passover meal with his disciples, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [22:15](../22/15.md) and [22:16](../22/16.md), putting all of [22:16](../22/16.md) first, followed by all of [22:15](../22/15.md). This would require saying “this Passover meal” in [22:16](../22/16.md) and **it** in [22:15](../22/15.md). You could have no introductory word for [22:16](../22/16.md) and begin [22:15](../22/15.md) with “And so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 LUK	22	16	gbj7		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	22	16	m511	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ φάγω αὐτὸ	1	I will certainly not eat it	Since Jesus is just about to eat a Passover meal, he means implicitly that he will not eat such a meal again until the later time he describes. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not eat it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	16	k28r	figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	until when it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. This could mean one of several things. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: (1) “until people celebrate this feast in the kingdom of God” (2) “until God gives this feast its full meaning when he establishes his kingdom” or (3) “until I die as the true Passover sacrifice and establish the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	16	k28r	figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	until when it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. This could mean: (1) “until people celebrate this feast in the kingdom of God.” (2) “until God gives this feast its full meaning when he establishes his kingdom.” (3) “until I die as the true Passover sacrifice and establish the kingdom of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	17	l5e6	figs-metonymy	δεξάμενος ποτήριον	1	he took a cup	Luke is using the term **cup** figuratively to mean what it contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “Jesus picked up a cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	17	d7pc		εὐχαριστήσας	1	having given thanks	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
 LUK	22	17	xvm7	figs-metonymy	διαμερίσατε εἰς ἑαυτούς	1	divide it among yourselves	Jesus meant that the apostles were to divide up the contents of the cup, not the cup itself. Alternate translation: “share the wine that is in this cup among yourselves” or “each of you drink some wine from this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3854,7 +3854,7 @@ LUK	22	19	nd2m	figs-explicit	ἄρτον	1	bread	Since Jews did not eat bread ma
 LUK	22	19	m515		εὐχαριστήσας	1	when he had given thanks	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
 LUK	22	19	d3yc		ἔκλασεν	1	he broke it	Jesus may have divided the loaf of **bread** into many pieces, as UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
 LUK	22	19	m516	figs-explicit	καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1	and gave to them	The implication is that Jesus gave the bread to the disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	19	d8r1	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	This is my body	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this phrase. Christians understand it to mean one of two things. In the first case, it would be a metaphor. Alternate translation: (1) “This represents my body” (2) “My body is really present in this bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	22	19	d8r1	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	This is my body	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this phrase. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread”
 LUK	22	19	lc9m	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον	1	which is given for you	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “which I am giving for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	19	cxy5	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν	1	Do this in my remembrance	Jesus seems to be telling his disciples implicitly that he wants them to re-enact this part of the meal regularly in the future in order to remember him. Alternate translation: “When you meet together, break and share bread like this in order to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	20	m517	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὸ ποτήριον	1	And the cup	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And he took the cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -3937,7 +3937,7 @@ LUK	22	37	m549	figs-quotesinquotes	τό καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλο
 LUK	22	37	jz9d	figs-nominaladj	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	he was reckoned with the lawless	Jesus is using the adjective **lawless** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	22	37	jf1f	figs-activepassive	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	he was reckoned with the lawless	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	37	se1d	figs-explicit	καὶ γὰρ τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει	1	For indeed the thing concerning me has an accomplishment	Here Jesus is speaking implicitly about what the Scriptures say about him. Alternate translation: “Yes, what the Scriptures say about me must certainly happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	38	kbt8	figs-explicit	ἱκανόν ἐστιν	1	It is enough	This could mean: (1) Jesus may be indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	38	kbt8	figs-explicit	ἱκανόν ἐστιν	1	It is enough	This could mean: (1) Jesus is indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	39	zaw6	writing-background	ἐξελθὼν, ἐπορεύθη κατὰ τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	going out, he went according to his custom to the Mount of Olives	Luke provides this background information about where Jesus went to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Luke has already indicated in [21:37](../21/37.md) that during this time in Jerusalem, Jesus did not spend the nights in the city, but rather in this location. Alternate translation: “leaving the city of Jerusalem, Jesus went to spend the night on the Mount of Olives, as he had been doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	22	39	m550	translate-names	τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	the Mount of Olives	This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	40	m551	figs-synecdoche	γενόμενος δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου	1	when he came to the place	Luke says **he**, meaning Jesus, to refer figuratively to Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “when Jesus and his disciples arrived at the Mount of Olives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -3953,7 +3953,7 @@ LUK	22	42	zw2y	figs-imperative	πλὴν μὴ τὸ θέλημά μου, ἀλ
 LUK	22	43	m556	translate-textvariants	Ὤφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ ἐνισχύων αὐτόν	1	And an angel from heaven appeared to him, strengthening him	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	22	43	m557	figs-idiom	Ὤφθη…αὐτῷ	1	appeared to him	**Appeared** does not mean that the angel simply seemed to be there, or that Jesus saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Jesus. Alternate translation: “came there to be with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	22	44	m558	translate-textvariants	Καὶ γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο. καὶ Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	And being in agony, he was praying more earnestly, and his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The two notes below discusses translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-LUK	22	44	m559		ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο	1	he was praying more earnestly	This could mean: (1) Luke may be using the comparative form of the adjective **earnest**, which has an adverbial sense here, with a superlative meaning. Alternate translation: “he was praying most earnestly” or “he was praying very fervently” (2) The word may have an actual comparative sense. Alternate translation: “he began to pray even more earnestly than he had been praying before”
+LUK	22	44	m559		ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο	1	he was praying more earnestly	This could mean: (1) Luke is using the comparative form of the adjective **earnest**, which has an adverbial sense here, with a superlative meaning. Alternate translation: “he was praying most earnestly” or “he was praying very fervently” (2) the word has an actual comparative sense. Alternate translation: “he began to pray even more earnestly than he had been praying before”
 LUK	22	44	m560	figs-simile	Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground	This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. (1) It could describe the appearance of the drops. This would mean that Jesus had been under such stress that the small blood vessels that fed his sweat glands ruptured, and his sweat became mixed with blood. (This is a rare but well-document medical condition known as hematohidrosis.) Alternate translation: “his sweat became mixed with blood and it fell to the ground in drops” (2) It could describe the way in which the drops of sweat fell to the ground. Alternate translation: “he began to sweat so intensely that the sweat formed drops and fell to the ground as blood drops do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	22	45	m561	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that what he describes next came after what he described just previously. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	22	45	m562		ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	having risen up from the prayer, he came to the disciples	Alternate translation: “when Jesus had finished praying, he got up and went back to his disciples”
@@ -4003,7 +4003,7 @@ LUK	22	55	m8ew		μέσος αὐτῶν	1	in the midst of them	Alternate transla
 LUK	22	56	m582	writing-participants	ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις	1	Then a certain female servant, seeing him	Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a female servant there who saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	22	56	fm4t		καθήμενον πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1	sitting towards the light	Alternate translation: “sitting facing the light of the fire” or “sitting with his face lit up by the fire”
 LUK	22	56	fxz3	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν	1	and looking steadily at him, said	Though this woman was looking at Peter, she was not speaking to him but to the others around them. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “She looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	56	zu63	figs-explicit	καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν	1	This one also was with him	This could mean: (1) Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) Since it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	56	zu63	figs-explicit	καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν	1	This one also was with him	This could mean: (1) Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) since it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	57	dzq9		ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο	1	But he denied it	Alternate translation: “But Peter said that was not true”
 LUK	22	57	vdm1		γύναι	1	Woman	Peter addresses the female servant as **Woman** because he does not know her name. He is not insulting her by calling her that. If your readers might think he was insulting her, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address a woman he does not know. Alternate translation: “Miss” or “Ma’am”
 LUK	22	58	m583	writing-participants	ἕτερος	1	another	Luke uses this word to introduce another new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -4089,7 +4089,7 @@ LUK	23	10	lpu6		ἵστήκεισαν	1	stood by	Alternate translation: “were
 LUK	23	10	hn8g		εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ	1	vehemently accusing him	Alternate translation: “insisting strongly that Jesus was guilty of doing wrong”
 LUK	23	11	m602		ἐξουθενήσας…αὐτὸν	1	despised him	This does not mean that Herod hated Jesus, but that he treated him as if he were worthless. Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
 LUK	23	11	qt1c	figs-explicit	περιβαλὼν ἐσθῆτα λαμπρὰν	1	Putting elegant clothing around him	Herod and his soldiers did this to mock Jesus and to make fun of him, so be sure that your readers do not get the impression that they did this to honor or care for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Dressing him mockingly in beautiful clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	12	b6f1	figs-explicit	ἐγένοντο…φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων	1	both Herod and Pilate became friends with each other on that day	Luke does not say specifically why these two men **became friends**. This could mean: (1) Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” (2) They realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	12	b6f1	figs-explicit	ἐγένοντο…φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων	1	both Herod and Pilate became friends with each other on that day	Luke does not say specifically why these two men **became friends**. This could mean: (1) Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” (2) they realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	12	x7r8	grammar-connect-logic-result	προϋπῆρχον γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὑτούς	1	for they were previously being in hostility between themselves	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. These two men had to become **friends** because they had not been **friends** previously. Alternate translation, as the beginning of the verse, replacing “Then”: “Before this Herod and Pilate had been enemies, but now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	23	13	d7gn	writing-participants	τὸν λαὸν	1	the people	This is a further reference reintroducing these participants, whom Luke first introduced subtly in 23:4. It is not likely that Pilate asked a crowd to gather. Instead, the crowd was probably still there waiting to see what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd of people that was still there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	23	14	dh77	figs-explicit	εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον	1	said to them, “You brought this man to me”	By **this man**, Pilate means Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “said to them about Jesus, ‘You brought this man to me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4199,7 +4199,7 @@ LUK	23	35	m648	figs-hypo	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν
 LUK	23	35	m3f6	figs-explicit	σωσάτω ἑαυτόν	1	let him save himself	The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross, if he is the Messiah and can do miracles. Alternate translation: “let him do a miracle to save himself from dying on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	35	a963	figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	the Chosen One	The leaders are using the adjective **Chosen** as a noun. ULT adds the term **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	35	m649	translate-names	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	the Chosen One	This is a title, not a description, so translate it following the conventions in your language for titles, for example, by capitalizing the main words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	23	36	b3jz	figs-explicit	ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ	1	Then the soldiers also mocked him, coming up and offering him vinegar	Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders **mocked** Jesus by offering him **vinegar**, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. This could mean: (1) Since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” (2) The soldiers may have **mocked** Jesus just by **offering** him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	36	b3jz	figs-explicit	ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ	1	Then the soldiers also mocked him, coming up and offering him vinegar	Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders **mocked** Jesus by offering him **vinegar**, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. This could mean: (1) since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” (2) the soldiers may have **mocked** Jesus just by **offering** him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	37	x5wr	figs-hypo	εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυτόν	1	If you are the King of the Jews, save yourself	The soldiers are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose you really are the King of the Jews. Then save yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	23	37	m650	figs-explicit	σῶσον σεαυτόν	1	save yourself	The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross. Alternate translation: “do a miracle to save yourself from dying on that cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	38	l5be	figs-metonymy	ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	there was also an inscription over him	Luke is referring figuratively to a placard that the soldiers placed above Jesus by association with the fact that it bore an **inscription**, that is, something that the soldiers had written on it. Alternate translation: “The soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -4230,7 +4230,7 @@ LUK	23	43	f1fl		τῷ Παραδείσῳ	1	in paradise	See the discussion in th
 LUK	23	44	m660	writing-background	καὶ ἦν ἤδη	1	And it was already	Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. He explains that it was about noon so that readers will appreciate how extraordinary it was that the entire sky became dark. Alternate translation: “Now by this time it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	23	44	x7fl		ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	about the sixth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon”
 LUK	23	44	m661	translate-ordinal	ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	about the sixth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-LUK	23	44	q4t3		σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness was over the whole land	This could mean: (1) The term translated as **land** may refer to a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) The term may also describe the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
+LUK	23	44	q4t3		σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness was over the whole land	The term translated as **land** could refer to: (1)  a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
 LUK	23	44	m662	figs-metonymy	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness was over the whole land	This could also be a figurative reference to the sky, since it is **over** the **land**. Alternate translation: “the entire sky became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	23	44	e8zn		ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	until the ninth hour	This phrase also expresses the way people in this culture began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “until three o’clock in the afternoon”
 LUK	23	44	m663	translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	until the ninth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

en_tn_44-JHN.tsv

@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ JHN	3	4	yk9d	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν
 JHN	3	4	z64b		δεύτερον	1	a second time	“again” or “twice”
 JHN	3	4	ppr8		τὴν κοιλίαν	1	womb	the part of a woman’s body where a baby grows
 JHN	3	5	il52		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	You can translate this in the same way you did in [John 3:3](../03/03.md).
-JHN	3	5	n6d7	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος	1	born of water and the Spirit	There are two possible meanings: (1) “would be baptized in water and in the Spirit” (2) “would be born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	5	n6d7	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος	1	born of water and the Spirit	This could mean: (1) “would be baptized in water and in the Spirit.” (2) “would be born physically and spiritually.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	5	m37g	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	enter into the kingdom of God	The word **kingdom** is a metaphor for the rule of God in one’s life. Alternate translation: “to experience the rule of God in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	7	t2sl			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus.
 JHN	3	7	lpj4		δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1	You must be born again	“You must be born from above”
@@ -215,13 +215,13 @@ JHN	4	22	yj1y		ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1
 JHN	4	23	bs1p			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman.
 JHN	4	23	atm4		ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν	1	However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will	“However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to worship”
 JHN	4	23	k1gf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	4	23	fb51		ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	in spirit and truth	Here, **spirit** could mean: (1) This refers to the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs. (2) This refers to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth”
+JHN	4	23	fb51		ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	in spirit and truth	Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs. (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth”
 JHN	4	23	utt7		ἐν…ἀληθείᾳ	1	in … truth	thinking correctly of what is true about God
 JHN	4	25	lp44		οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	I know that the Messiah … Christ	Both **Messiah** and **Christ** mean “God’s promised king.”
 JHN	4	25	u8nb	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	he will explain everything to us	The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	27	vk5j		ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	At that moment his disciples returned	“just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town”
 JHN	4	27	p39j		καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει	1	Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman	It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan.
-JHN	4	27	cbc9		οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς?	1	no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?”	This could mean: (1) The disciples asked both questions to Jesus. (2) No one asked the woman, “What do you want?” or asked Jesus, “Why are you speaking with her?”
+JHN	4	27	cbc9		οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς?	1	no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?”	This could mean: (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus. (2) no one asked the woman, “What do you want?” or asked Jesus, “Why are you speaking with her?”
 JHN	4	29	hb5h	figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	29	dl18		μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	This could not be the Christ, could it?	The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
 JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	“While the woman was going into town”
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ JHN	5	38	rc2n		τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	“the message he spok
 JHN	5	39	xi22		ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	“you will find eternal life if you read them” or “the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life”
 JHN	5	40	dzm2		οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	you are not willing to come to me	“you refuse to believe my message”
 JHN	5	41	c1rx		οὐ λαμβάνω	1	receive	“I do not accept”
-JHN	5	42	b1j4		τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This could mean: (1) They really did not **love** **God**. (2) They had not really received God’s love.
+JHN	5	42	b1j4		τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This could mean: (1) they really did not **love** **God**. (2) they had not really received God’s love.
 JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here the word **name** is a metonym that symbolizes God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “with my Father’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	43	ue9f		οὐ λαμβάνετέ με	1	receive	you do not welcome me as a friend
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ JHN	6	54	qia5		τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	at the last day	“on the day
 JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-metaphor	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	The phrases **true food** and **true drink** are metaphors that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of these metaphors more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	56	u3w4		ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	remains in me, and I in him	“has a close relationship with me”
 JHN	6	57	dba2		καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	The phrase **eating me** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
-JHN	6	57	nfz4		ζῶν Πατὴρ	1	living Father	This could mean: (1) This refers to the **Father** who gives life. (2) This refers to the Father who is alive.
+JHN	6	57	nfz4		ζῶν Πατὴρ	1	living Father	This could refer to: (1) the **Father** who gives life. (2) the Father who is alive.
 JHN	6	57	m1l5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	58	m2nz		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
 JHN	6	58	kv16	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	Here, **bread** is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -434,9 +434,9 @@ JHN	6	60	cp3k	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν?
 JHN	6	61	rn8i		τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει?	1	Does this offend you?	“Does this shock you?” or “Does this upset you?”
 JHN	6	62	r33r	figs-rquestion	ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον?	1	Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before?	Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: “Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	63	y558		ὠφελεῖ	1	profits	The word **profit** means to cause good things to happen.
-JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1	words	This could mean: (1) This refers to Jesus’ **words** in [John 6:32-58](./32.md). (2) This refers to everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1	words	This could refer to: (1) Jesus’ **words** in [John 6:32-58](./32.md). (2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	63	plw8		τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν	1	The words that I have spoken to you	“What I have told you”
-JHN	6	63	gb29		πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1	are spirit, and they are life	This could mean: (1) These things are about the Spirit and eternal life. (2) These things are from the Spirit and give eternal life. (3) These things are about spiritual things and life.
+JHN	6	63	gb29		πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1	are spirit, and they are life	This could mean: (1) these things are about the Spirit and eternal life. (2) these things are from the Spirit and give eternal life. (3) these things are about spiritual things and life.
 JHN	6	64	k7ir			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
 JHN	6	64	ey1e	writing-background	ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν	1	For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him	Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	65	c3cl		οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1	no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father	Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus.
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here
 JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	The word **drink** is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: “let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	u9cx		ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1	He who believes in me, just as the scripture says	“As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me”
 JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here, **rivers of living water** is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually “thirsty.” Alternate translation: “spiritual life will flow like rivers of water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-metaphor	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	This could mean: (1) This refers to **water** that gives life. (2) This refers to **water** that causes people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-metaphor	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	This could refer to: (1) **water** that gives life. (2) **water** that causes people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his stomach	Here the **stomach** represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	39	i8wx	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	39	syp9		δὲ εἶπεν	1	But he said	Here, **he** refers to Jesus.
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀ
 JHN	8	14	x9rf		κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	Even if I bear witness about myself	“Even if I say these things about myself”
 JHN	8	15	k92s		τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	“human standards and the laws of men”
 JHN	8	15	j79i		ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	I judge no one	This could mean: (1) Jesus is not judging anyone yet. (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time.
-JHN	8	16	xnn5		ἐὰν κρίνω…ἐγώ	1	if I judge	This could mean: (1) This may mean “if I judge people.” (2) This may mean “whenever I judge people.”
+JHN	8	16	xnn5		ἐὰν κρίνω…ἐγώ	1	if I judge	This could mean: (1) “if I judge people.” (2) “whenever I judge people.”
 JHN	8	16	jb2f		ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	my judgment is true	“my judgment is right.”
 JHN	8	16	ev1r	figs-explicit	μόνος οὐκ εἰμί	1	I am not alone	The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	16	f6nu		ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ…Πατήρ	1	I am with the Father	The **Father** and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do”
@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ JHN	10	3	iac4		ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	The gatekeeper	The **gatekeeper** is a hire
 JHN	10	3	db3c		τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει	1	The sheep hear his voice	“the sheep recognize the shepherd’s voice”
 JHN	10	4	n1ta		ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται	1	he goes ahead of them	“he walks in front of them”
 JHN	10	4	z8dm		ὅτι οἴδασιν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	for they know his voice	“because they recognize his voice”
-JHN	10	6	x5yl		ἐκεῖνοι…οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	they did not understand	Possible meanings: (1) “the disciples did not understand” (2) “the crowd did not understand.”
+JHN	10	6	x5yl		ἐκεῖνοι…οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	they did not understand	This could mean: (1) “the disciples did not understand.” (2) “the crowd did not understand.”
 JHN	10	6	u3nw	figs-metaphor	ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν	1	this parable	This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. The “sheep” represent those who follow Jesus, and the “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	7	q3na			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken.
 JHN	10	7	q4hs		ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Truly, truly	See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	“
 JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	34	b3gp		θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers **gods**, perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
 JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Jesus speaks of God’s message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: “God spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	35	u9j2		οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This could mean: (1) No one can change the scripture. (2) The scripture will always be true.
+JHN	10	35	u9j2		οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This could mean: (1) no one can change the scripture. (2) the scripture will always be true.
 JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι?	1	do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’?	Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	36	fj9f		βλασφημεῖς	1	You are blaspheming	“You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God.
 JHN	10	36	rax1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Father … Son of God	These are important titles that describe the relationship between **God** and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ JHN	11	9	uv34	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆ
 JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. Here, **light** is a metaphor for “truth.” Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	10	hel4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
 JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί	1	if he walks at night	Here, **night** is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	11	10	c3im		τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	the light is not in him	This could mean: (1) He cannot see. (2) He does not have God’s light.
+JHN	11	10	c3im		τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	the light is not in him	This could mean: (1) he cannot see. (2) he does not have God’s light.
 JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-idiom	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep	Here, **fallen asleep** is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	The phrase **wake him out of sleep** is an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	12	e5k2	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples’ misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ JHN	12	32	a7tc	figs-activepassive	κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς
 JHN	12	32	n7i6		πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
 JHN	12	33	v7f3	writing-background	τοῦτο…ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die	John interprets Jesus’ words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: “he said this to let the people know how he would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-ellipsis	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	The phrase **lifted up** means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	12	34	t386		τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Who is this Son of Man?	This could mean: (1) They may be asking, “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) They may be asking, “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?”
+JHN	12	34	t386		τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Who is this Son of Man?	This could mean: (1) they are asking, “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking, “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?”
 JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει	1	The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going	Here, **light** is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God, and **walking in darkness** is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them ‘My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Here, **light** is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God, and **sons of light** is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God’s truth will be in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	37	s1wh			0	General Information:	This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
@@ -1027,9 +1027,9 @@ JHN	14	2	eca3		ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Fath
 JHN	14	2	v9px	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	2	fp9r		μοναὶ πολλαί	1	many rooms	Here, **rooms** can refer to single rooms, or to larger dwellings.
 JHN	14	2	xb2y	figs-you	πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν	1	I am going to prepare a place for you	Jesus is **going to prepare a place** in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The **you** is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	14	4	ir1d	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδόν	1	the way	This could mean: (1) This is a metaphor that refers to “the way to God.” (2) This is a metaphor that refers to “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	4	ir1d	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδόν	1	the way	This could be: (1) a metaphor that refers to “the way to God.” (2) a metaphor that refers to “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	5	e1dl		πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι	1	how can we know the way?	“how can we know how to get there?”
-JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	This could mean: (1) This is a metaphor that means “the true person.” (2) This is a metaphor that means “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	This could be: (1) a metaphor that means “the true person.” (2) a metaphor that means “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: “the one who can make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: “No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	6	f95q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ JHN	16	16	nq4g		μικρὸν	1	In a short amount of time	“soon” or “befor
 JHN	16	16	en9b		καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν	1	after another short amount of time	“again, before much time passes”
 JHN	16	17	f2sj			0	General Information:	There is a break in Jesus’ speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant.
 JHN	16	17	s9x3		μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με	1	A short amount of time you will no longer see me	The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus’ death on the cross.
-JHN	16	17	zd1n		πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1	after another short amount of time you will see me	This could mean: (1) This may refer to Jesus’ resurrection. (2) This may refer to Jesus’ coming at the end of time.
+JHN	16	17	zd1n		πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1	after another short amount of time you will see me	This could refer to: (1) Jesus’ resurrection. (2) Jesus’ coming at the end of time.
 JHN	16	17	sz1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	19	j7dv			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
 JHN	16	19	j7wv	figs-rquestion	περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με?	1	Are you seeking among yourselves concerning this because I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me’?	Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ JHN	18	32	ta7m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ π
 JHN	18	32	tu3c		σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	“regarding how he would die”
 JHN	18	35	kfq5	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι?	1	I am not a Jew, am I?	This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	35	en38		τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν	1	Your own people	“Your fellow Jews”
-JHN	18	36	gq19	figs-metonymy	ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	My kingdom is not of this world	Here, **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. This could mean: (1) His kingdom is not part of this world. (2) He does not need this world’s permission to rule as their king. (3) It is not from this world that Jesus has authority to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	18	36	gq19	figs-metonymy	ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	My kingdom is not of this world	Here, **world** is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. This could mean: (1) his kingdom is not part of this world. (2) he does not need this world’s permission to rule as their king. (3) it is not from this world that Jesus has authority to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	36	s2lq	figs-activepassive	ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	so that I would not be given over to the Jews	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	36	pu8j	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	37	ug7i	figs-synecdoche	ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	Here, **the world** is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

en_tn_45-ACT.tsv

@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ ACT	1	6	a011	figs-idiom	εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ, ἀποκαθ
 ACT	1	6	f7uj	figs-abstractnouns	εἰ…ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ	1	if you are restoring the kingdom to Israel	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a concrete noun such as “king.” Alternate translation: “are you going to give Israel its own king again” or “are you going to become the restored king of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ACT	1	6	a252	translate-names	τῷ Ἰσραήλ	1	to Israel	**Israel** is the name of a nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	1	7	a012	figs-explicit	οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν γνῶναι	1	It is not for you to know	Jesus is saying implicitly by this response that he is not going to tell the apostles when the thing they are asking about will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “I am not going to tell you when that will happen, because it is not for you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ACT	1	7	y1fu	figs-doublet	χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς	1	the times or the seasons	This could mean: (1) The words **times** and **seasons** may refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: “the general period of time or the specific date” (2) Jesus may be using the two words, which have similar meanings, together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+ACT	1	7	y1fu	figs-doublet	χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς	1	the times or the seasons	The words **times** and **seasons** could: (1) refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: “the general period of time or the specific date” (2) have similar meanings, being used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 ACT	1	7	a013	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 ACT	1	7	a014	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ	1	by his own authority	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **authority** with a verb such as “control.” Alternate translation: “as the one who controls all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ACT	1	8	ld4k	grammar-connect-logic-result	λήμψεσθε δύναμιν, ἐπελθόντος τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες	1	you will receive power when the Holy Spirit has come upon you, and you will be my witnesses	Jesus is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “when the Holy Spirit comes upon you, then you will receive power to be my witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ ACT	1	10	a017	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες δύο	1	and behold
 ACT	1	10	a018	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	and	Luke uses the word translated **And** to indicate that the event of the men appearing happened after the event of Jesus going up. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 ACT	1	10	a019	figs-explicit	ἄνδρες δύο	1	two men	These were actually angels. Luke calls them **men** because they appeared in human form. Alternate translation: “two angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	1	10	a020		ἐσθήσεσι λευκαῖς	1	white clothes	In this context, the word **white** likely has the specific sense of “bright” or “shining.” Alternate translation: “bright clothes” or “shining clothes”
-ACT	1	11	a021	figs-explicit	οἳ…εἶπαν	1	they said	This could mean: (1) One of the angels may have spoken on behalf of both of them. Alternate translation: “one of them said” (2) The two angels may have each said different parts of the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	1	11	a021	figs-explicit	οἳ…εἶπαν	1	they said	This could mean: (1) one of the angels had spoken on behalf of both of them. Alternate translation: “one of them said” (2) the two angels had each said different parts of the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	1	11	a022	figs-verbs	οἳ…εἶπαν	1	they said	If you retain the word **they** in your translation and if your language uses dual forms for verbs, it would be accurate to use the dual form here, since two men are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 ACT	1	11	gpg3	figs-idiom	ἄνδρες, Γαλιλαῖοι	1	Men, Galileans	This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “You Galileans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ACT	1	11	a023	translate-names	ἄνδρες, Γαλιλαῖοι	1	Men, Galileans	**Galileans** are people who are from the region of Galilee. Alternate translation: “You men from Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ ACT	2	1	a425	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὴν
 ACT	2	1	x075	translate-names	τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς	1	the day of Pentecost	**Pentecost** is the name of a festival. It occurs 50 days after Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	2	1	i4sb	writing-pronouns	ἦσαν πάντες ὁμοῦ	1	they were all together	Here the word **they** refers to the apostles and the other 120 believers whom Luke mentions in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “the apostles and all the other believers were together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 ACT	2	1	a077		ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό	1	to the same	See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the Introduction to Acts. Alternate translation: “in the same place” or “in united Christian fellowship”
-ACT	2	2	qjc3		ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	from heaven	This could mean: (1) Luke may be using the word translated **heaven** in one of its specific senses to mean “the sky.” Alternate translation: “from the sky” (2) Luke may mean that the sound came from **heaven** itself.
+ACT	2	2	qjc3		ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	from heaven	The word translated **heaven** could mean: (1) “the sky.” Alternate translation: “from the sky” (2) the sound came from **heaven** itself.
 ACT	2	2	a078	figs-simile	ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας	1	as of a strong wind being borne along	Luke is using a simile to describe what this wind was like. You could use the same simile in your translation, or you could use a different comparison, to a similar loud sound that your readers would recognize. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “It sounded like a strong wind being borne along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 ACT	2	2	jec5	figs-metaphor	φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας	1	a strong wind being borne along	Luke speaks figuratively of the wind as if it were being carried through the air. Alternate translation: “a mighty, rushing wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ACT	2	2	a079	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήρωσεν ὅλον τὸν οἶκον	1	it filled the whole house	Luke speaks figuratively of this sound as if it **filled** the **house**. Alternate translation: “it could be heard throughout the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ ACT	4	3	h5f9	figs-explicit	ἦν γὰρ ἑσπέρα ἤδη	1	since it was al
 ACT	4	4	a257	writing-endofstory	δὲ	1	But	Luke uses the word **But** to introduce information about what happened after this much of the story as a result of the events within the story itself. This is not the end of the whole story, but it is the end of a significant part of it. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a significant part of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 ACT	4	4	a258	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to mean the message about Jesus that Peter and John shared by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	4	4	bm1f	figs-gendernotations	ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν	1	the number of the men	Luke is not using the word **men** in a generic sense here. The figure of 5,000 is the number of the men alone. It does not include women and children. So it would not be accurate to translate **men** as “people.” Instead, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this distinction explicitly. Alternate translation: “the number of the men alone, not counting the women and children,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-ACT	4	4	qd8g	figs-explicit	ἐγενήθη…ὡς χιλιάδες πέντε	1	became about 5,000	This could mean: (1) The word **became** may be indicating that the community of believers in Jesus grew to a total of 5,000 as a result of the professions of faith on this day. Alternate translation: “in the community of believers grew to about 5,000” (2) The word translated **became** may mean “was,” and that would indicate that 5,000 men made professions of faith on this day. Alternate translation: “who put their faith in Jesus that day was about 5,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	4	4	qd8g	figs-explicit	ἐγενήθη…ὡς χιλιάδες πέντε	1	became about 5,000	The word translated **became** could mean: (1) the community of believers in Jesus grew to a total of 5,000 as a result of the professions of faith on this day. Alternate translation: “in the community of believers grew to about 5,000” (2) “was,” and that would indicate that 5,000 men made professions of faith on this day. Alternate translation: “who put their faith in Jesus that day was about 5,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	4	5	lw2d	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 ACT	4	5	cdj1	figs-explicit	συναχθῆναι αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς	1	their rulers and elders and scribes were gathered together	Luke is implicitly describing the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling council, which consisted of these three groups of people. Luke describes this council explicitly as “the Sanhedrin” in [4:15](../04/15.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify it by name here. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, consisting of their rulers and elders and scribes, was gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	4	5	j6p8	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς	1	their rulers and elders and scribes	The pronoun **their** refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the rulers and elders and scribes of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ ACT	4	14	fq4w	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν	1	they
 ACT	4	15	ql31	writing-pronouns	κελεύσαντες…αὐτοὺς ἔξω τοῦ Συνεδρίου ἀπελθεῖν, συνέβαλλον πρὸς ἀλλήλους	1	having commanded them to go outside the Sanhedrin, they conferred among themselves	The pronoun **them** refers at least to Peter and John, and probably also to the man who was healed, while the pronoun **they** refers to the council members. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this. Alternate translation: “having commanded Peter and John and the man who was healed to go outside the Sanhedrin, the council members conferred among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 ACT	4	15	a271	translate-names	τοῦ Συνεδρίου	1	the Sanhedrin	**Sanhedrin** is the name of the Jewish ruling council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ACT	4	15	a272	figs-metonymy	τοῦ Συνεδρίου	1	the Sanhedrin	Luke is figuratively using the name of the Jewish ruling council to mean the meeting place of that council. Alternate translation: “the place where the Sanhedrin met” or “the council chamber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ACT	4	16	p4g6	figs-rquestion	τί ποιήσωμεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις?	1	What should we do to these men?	This could mean: (1) The Jewish leaders may be using the question form to express their frustration because they realize that they cannot punish Peter and John. As [4:21](../04/21.md) indicates explicitly, and as the leaders suggest here, they are afraid of how the people might respond if they do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is very difficult to know what we should do to these men!” (2) The leaders may be asking one another a genuine question, because ultimately they do decide to do something to Peter and John. They warn them not to speak or teach in the name of Jesus, with an implied threat of punishment if they do. In that case it would be accurate to translate this as a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ACT	4	16	p4g6	figs-rquestion	τί ποιήσωμεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις?	1	What should we do to these men?	This could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders were using the question form to express their frustration because they realize that they cannot punish Peter and John. As [4:21](../04/21.md) indicates explicitly, and as the leaders suggest here, they are afraid of how the people might respond if they do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is very difficult to know what we should do to these men!” (2) the leaders were asking one another a genuine question, because ultimately they do decide to do something to Peter and John. They warn them not to speak or teach in the name of Jesus, with an implied threat of punishment if they do. In that case it would be accurate to translate this as a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ACT	4	16	jn12	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	everyone who lives in Jerusalem	This is a generalization that the leaders are making to emphasize how widely the news of the healing has spread. Alternate translation: “people who live throughout Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ACT	4	16	nh5s		γνωστὸν σημεῖον	1	a notable sign	Here the word **sign** has the same sense that it has in the phrase “wonders and signs” in [2:22](../02/22.md) and [2:43](../02/43.md). It means a miracle. Alternate translation: “a remarkable miracle”
 ACT	4	17	a273	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ	1	so that it may not be spread	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that it does not spread” or “so that they will not spread it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ ACT	4	18	a278	writing-pronouns	καλέσαντες αὐτοὺς, παρήγγ
 ACT	4	18	a279	figs-doublet	μὴ φθέγγεσθαι μηδὲ διδάσκειν	1	neither to speak nor to teach	The words **speak** and **teach** mean similar things. The council members may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “not to say anything publicly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 ACT	4	18	a280	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the name of Jesus	Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “about this person Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	4	19	a281	figs-hendiadys	ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον	1	answering, Peter and John said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Peter and John responded to the council. Alternate translation: “Peter and John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-ACT	4	19	a282	figs-explicit	ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον	1	answering, Peter and John said	This could mean: (1) Peter and John may have each said different parts of the quotation in [4:19–20](../04/19.md). (2) Peter may have spoken these words on behalf of both of them, since the Holy Spirit had inspired him to speak to the council in [4:8–12](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Peter responded on their behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	4	19	a282	figs-explicit	ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον	1	answering, Peter and John said	This could mean: (1) Peter and John each said different parts of the quotation in [4:19–20](../04/19.md). (2) Peter spoke these words on behalf of both of them, since the Holy Spirit had inspired him to speak to the council in [4:8–12](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Peter responded on their behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	4	19	jf1d	figs-metonymy	εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Whether it is right before God	Here the phrase **before God** refers to God’s opinion, by association with the way that God would assess anything that came to his attention in front of him. Alternate translation: “Whether God thinks it is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ACT	4	19	a283	figs-idiom	ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	to listen to you rather than to God	Here, **listen** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “to obey you rather than God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ACT	4	20	a284	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Peter and John are using the word **For** to introduce the reason why the council needs to judge whether it would be right for them to obey the council rather than God. Alternate translation: “The reason why you must judge whom we should obey is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ ACT	4	32	a316		τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ	1	of the things that wer
 ACT	4	32	zyp5	figs-hyperbole	ἦν αὐτοῖς πάντα κοινά	1	everything was common to them	The word **everything** may be a generalization that emphasizes the powerful spirit of generosity among the believers. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:44](../02/44.md). Alternate translation: “they shared their belongings with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ACT	4	33	a317	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an adjective such as “alive.” Alternate translation: “of how God made the Lord Jesus alive again after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ACT	4	33	a318	writing-pronouns	χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς	1	great grace was upon them all	The pronoun **them** refers back to “the multitude of those who believed” in [4:32](../04/32.md). It does not refer just to the **apostles**, who are mentioned in this verse. Alternate translation: “great grace was upon all of the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-ACT	4	33	d8dr	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς	1	great grace was upon them all	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with an equivalent expression. The word could mean: (1) It may describe how God was blessing the believers. Alternate translation: “God was blessing all of the believers in wonderful ways” (2) The word may describe how the people in Jerusalem held the believers in high esteem. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem thought very highly of all the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ACT	4	33	d8dr	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς	1	great grace was upon them all	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with an equivalent expression. The word could describe: (1) how God was blessing the believers. Alternate translation: “God was blessing all of the believers in wonderful ways” (2) how the people in Jerusalem held the believers in high esteem. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem thought very highly of all the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ACT	4	34	a331	translate-versebridge	οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνδεής τις ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	For there was not anyone needy among them	This statement expresses the result of the rest of what Luke says in this verse and what he says in the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language to put this result after the reasons for it, you could create a verse bridge by moving this statement to the end of the next verse and beginning it with the word “So” instead of **For**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 ACT	4	34	a319	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Luke uses the word **For** in its first instance in this verse to introduce the evidence or reason for his statement at the end of the previous verse that “great grace was upon them all.” The meaning here depends on the meaning there. Alternate translation: (1) “The way God was blessing the believers could be seen in the fact that” or (2) “One thing that made the people think very highly of the believers was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ACT	4	34	a320	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2	for	Luke uses the word **for** in its second instance in this verse to introduce the reason why no one in the community of believers was needy. Alternate translation: “and the reason for this was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ ACT	5	5	cc5y	figs-euphemism	πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν	1	falling down, expire
 ACT	5	5	a344	figs-events	πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν	1	falling down, expired	Ananias fell down because he died. He did not die because he fell down. To make this clear in your translation, it may be helpful to say first that he died and then that he fell. Alternate translation: “died and fell to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 ACT	5	5	a345	figs-personification	ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας	1	great fear came upon all who heard	Luke describes this **fear** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could come onto people. Here the word **fear** describes a deep respect for God. Alternate translation: “everyone who heard about it came to feel a very deep respect for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ACT	5	6	a346	figs-idiom	ἀναστάντες δὲ, οἱ νεώτεροι συνέστειλαν αὐτὸν	1	rising up, the young men wrapped him up	Here the expression **rising up** means that the young men took an action that they recognized they needed to take. It does not mean that they stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “the young men took action and wrapped him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ACT	5	6	a347	figs-explicit	οἱ νεώτεροι	1	the young men	This could mean: (1) This may simply be a reference to some strong young men who were present who realized that burying Ananias was a task they could help with. Alternate translation: “some strong young men who were present” (2) There may have been a group of young men among the believers who regularly helped the apostles with tasks that required physical strength. Alternate translation: “the young men who regularly helped the apostles with physical tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ACT	5	6	a347	figs-explicit	οἱ νεώτεροι	1	the young men	This could refer to: (1) some strong young men who were present who realized that burying Ananias was a task they could help with. Alternate translation: “some strong young men who were present” (2) a group of young men among the believers who regularly helped the apostles with tasks that required physical strength. Alternate translation: “the young men who regularly helped the apostles with physical tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ACT	5	6	a348	translate-unknown	συνέστειλαν αὐτὸν	1	wrapped him up	It was the custom in this culture to wrap linen cloths around the bodies of people who had died, in order to prepare the bodies for burial. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped a linen burial cloth around his body” or “prepared his body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 ACT	5	7	a349	figs-idiom	ἐγένετο δὲ ὡς ὡρῶν τριῶν διάστημα, καὶ	1	And an interval of about three hours happened, and	This is an idiomatic way of speaking about time passing. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “After about three hours had gone by,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ACT	5	7	ry54	writing-pronouns	ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ	1	his wife	The pronoun **his** refers to Ananias. Alternate translation: “the wife of Ananias” or “Sapphira” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

en_tn_46-ROM.tsv

@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ ROM	2	9	u8f7	figs-doublet	θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία	1	tribulati
 ROM	2	9	ck9i	figs-synecdoche	ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου	1	on every human soul	Here, Paul uses the phrase **human soul** as a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “upon every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ROM	2	9	n7q4		τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν	1	has practiced evil	“that continually does evil things”
 ROM	2	9	a9s5		Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος	1	to the Jew first, and also to the Greek	“and God will judge the Jewish people first, and then those who are not Jewish people”
-ROM	2	9	n5ev		πρῶτον	1	first	This could mean: (1) This means “first in order of time.” (2) This means “most certainly.”
+ROM	2	9	n5ev		πρῶτον	1	first	This could mean: (1) “first in order of time.” (2) “most certainly.”
 ROM	2	10	vt1f		δόξα δὲ, καὶ τιμὴ, καὶ εἰρήνη, παντὶ	1	But praise, honor, and peace will come to everyone	“But God will give praise, honor, and peace to everyone”
 ROM	2	10	i9tg		τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	practices good	“who continually does what is good”
 ROM	2	10	zg3s		Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι	1	to the Jew first, and also to the Greek	“and God will reward the Jewish people first, and then those who are not Jewish people”
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ ROM	2	21	uq9y	figs-rquestion	ὁ…διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸ
 ROM	2	21	hl38	figs-rquestion	ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις?	1	You who preach against stealing, do you steal?	Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to steal, but you steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	2	22	vb45	figs-rquestion	ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις?	1	You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery?	Paul is using a question to scold his listeners. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You tell people not to commit adultery, but you commit adultery!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	2	22	qn68	figs-rquestion	ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς?	1	You who hate idols, do you rob temples?	Paul is using a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You say you hate idols, but you rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	2	22	mv4d		ἱεροσυλεῖς	1	Do you rob temples	This could mean: (1) They do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God. (2) They steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit.
+ROM	2	22	mv4d		ἱεροσυλεῖς	1	Do you rob temples	This could mean: (1) they do not send to the Jerusalem temple all the money that is due to God. (2) they steal items from local pagan temples to sell and make a profit.
 ROM	2	23	grr3	figs-rquestion	ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου, τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις?	1	You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law?	Paul uses a question to scold his listener. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “It is wicked that you claim to be proud of the law, while at the same time you disobey it and bring shame to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	2	24	q13d	figs-activepassive	τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ…βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many Gentiles blaspheme the name of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	2	24	xq7q	figs-metonymy	ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	name of God	The word **name** is a metonym that refers to the entirety of God, not just his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -193,13 +193,13 @@ ROM	2	29	hkk4	figs-parallelism	ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος;
 ROM	2	29	v149		ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ	1	inwardly	This refers to the values and motivations of the person whom God has transformed.
 ROM	2	29	dk8q	figs-metonymy	καρδίας	1	of the heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for the inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	2	29	dd3p	figs-synecdoche	ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι	1	in the Spirit, not in the letter	Here, **letter** is a synecdoche that refers to written scripture. Alternate translation: “through the work of the Holy Spirit, not because you know the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ROM	2	29	qa6b		ἐν Πνεύματι	1	in the Spirit	The term **the Spirit** could mean: (1) This refers to the Holy Spirit. (2) This refers to the spiritual part of the person that God changes. 
+ROM	2	29	qa6b		ἐν Πνεύματι	1	in the Spirit	The term **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit. (2) the spiritual part of the person that God changes. 
 ROM	3	intro	y2kb			0		# Romans 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 4 and 10-18 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Chapter 3 answers the question, “What advantage does being a Jew have over being a Gentile?” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God”<br><br>Because God is holy, anyone with him in heaven must be perfect. Any sin at all will condemn a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br><br>Obeying the law cannot make a person right with God. Obeying God’s law is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]])
 ROM	3	1	v788			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul proclaims the advantage that Jews have because God gave them his law.
 ROM	3	1	gcd6	figs-explicit	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς?	1	Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?	Paul presents ideas that people might have after they hear what he wrote in chapter 2. He does this in order to respond to them in verse 2. Alternate translation: “Some people might say, ‘Then what advantage does the Jew have? And what is the benefit of circumcision?’” or “Some people might say, ‘If that is true, then the Jews do not have any advantage, and there is no benefit in being circumcised.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	3	1	dvke	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς?	1		Paul used a rhetorical question to cause the listeners to think about the answer. He will answer clearly in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	3	2	rri9	figs-explicit	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1	It is great in every way	Paul now responds to the concerns brought up in verse 1. Here, **Great in every way!** is an emphatic answer to that question. Alternate translation: “But there is great advantage to being a Jew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	3	2	q2dh		πρῶτον μὲν	1	First of all	This could mean: (1) This could mean “first in order of time.” (2) This may mean “most certainly.” (3) This could mean “most importantly.”
+ROM	3	2	q2dh		πρῶτον μὲν	1	First of all	This could mean: (1) “first in order of time.” (2) “most certainly.” (3) This could mean “most importantly.”
 ROM	3	2	r62g	figs-explicit	ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	they were entrusted with revelation from God	Here, **the sayings of God** refers to God’s words and promises. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God gave his words that contain his promises to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	3	3	d9k3	figs-rquestion	τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει?	1	For what if some Jews were without faith? Will their unbelief abolish God’s faithfulness?	Paul uses these questions to make people think. Alternate translation: “Some Jews have not been faithful to God. Should we conclude from this that God will not fulfill his promise?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	3	4	z465		μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have an expression in your language that you could use here. “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!”
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ ROM	8	1	xw65	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα το
 ROM	8	1	i12t		ἄρα	1	therefore	“for that reason” or “because what I have just told you is true”
 ROM	8	2	x8uu	figs-explicit	ὁ…νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus	Here, **the Spirit of life** refers to God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “the working of the Holy Spirit in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	8	2	th4n	figs-metaphor	ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου	1	has set you free from the law of sin and death	Being **set free** from **the law of sin and death** is a metaphor for not being controlled by the law of sin and death. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	8	2	u82e		τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου	1	the law of sin and death	This could mean: (1) The **law** of Moses, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: “the law which causes sin and death” (2) Paul is stating the principle that people **sin** and die.
+ROM	8	2	u82e		τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου	1	the law of sin and death	This could mean: (1) the **law** of Moses, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: “the law which causes sin and death” (2) Paul is stating the principle that people **sin** and die.
 ROM	8	3	j98t	figs-personification	τὸ γὰρ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, ὁ Θεὸς	1	For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did	Here the **law** is described as a person who could not break the power of sin. Alternate translation: “For the law did not have the power to stop us from sinning, because the power of sin within us was too strong. But God did stop us from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	8	3	etf2		διὰ τῆς σαρκός	1	through the flesh	“because of people’s sinful nature”
 ROM	8	3	p4qq		τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν	1	He … sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh … an offering for sin … he condemned sin	The **Son** of God forever satisfied God’s holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin.
@@ -558,8 +558,8 @@ ROM	8	9	e54u		ἐν Πνεύματι	1	in the Spirit	“acting according to the
 ROM	8	9	p55f		Πνεύματι,…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ	1	Spirit … God’s Spirit … Spirit of Christ	These all refer to the Holy **Spirit**.
 ROM	8	9	bei3		εἴπερ	1	if it is true that	This phrase does not mean Paul doubts that some of them have God’s Spirit. Paul wants them to realize that they all have God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “since” or “because”
 ROM	8	10	q8be	figs-explicit	εἰ…Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν	1	If Christ is in you	How **Christ** lives in a person could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “If Christ lives in you through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	8	10	e6g9	figs-idiom	τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν	1	the body is dead with respect to sin	This could mean: (1) A person is spiritually **dead** to the power of sin. (2) The physical **body** will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ROM	8	10	yb1b	figs-idiom	τὸ δὲ Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην	1	the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness	This could mean: (1) A person is spiritually **alive** because God has given him power to do what is right. (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	8	10	e6g9	figs-idiom	τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν	1	the body is dead with respect to sin	This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually **dead** to the power of sin. (2) the physical **body** will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	8	10	yb1b	figs-idiom	τὸ δὲ Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην	1	the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness	This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually **alive** because God has given him power to do what is right. (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	8	11	jlc9		εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	If the Spirit … lives in you	Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit of the one who raised Jesus from the dead lives in you”
 ROM	8	11	b9pu		τοῦ ἐγείραντος	1	of him who raised	“of God, who raised”
 ROM	8	11	jr6p	figs-idiom	ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	raised Jesus	Here “to raise” is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -634,8 +634,8 @@ ROM	8	36	gmi0	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σ
 ROM	8	37	iui3		ὑπερνικῶμεν	1	we are more than conquerors	“we have complete victory”
 ROM	8	37	wcm6	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς	1	through the one who loved us	You can make explicit the kind of love that Jesus showed. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, who loved us so much he was willing to die for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	8	38	fch1		πέπεισμαι	1	I have been convinced	“I am confident”
-ROM	8	38	js9q		ἀρχαὶ	1	governments	This could mean: (1) This refers to demons. (2) This refers to human kings and rulers.
-ROM	8	38	q7ti		οὔτε δυνάμεις	1	nor powers	This could mean: (1) This refers to spiritual beings with power. (2) This refers to human beings with power.
+ROM	8	38	js9q		ἀρχαὶ	1	governments	This could refer to: (1) demons. (2) human kings and rulers.
+ROM	8	38	q7ti		οὔτε δυνάμεις	1	nor powers	This could refer to: (1) spiritual beings with power. (2) human beings with power.
 ROM	9	intro	w6f4			0		# Romans 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul changes what he is teaching about. In Chapters 9-11, he focuses on the nation of Israel.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 25-29 and 33 of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>Paul uses the word “flesh” in this chapter only to refer to Israelites, people physically descending from Abraham through Jacob, who God named Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>In other chapters, Paul uses the word “brother” to mean fellow Christians. However, in this chapter, he uses “my brothers” to mean his kinsmen the Israelites.<br><br>Paul refers to those who believe in Jesus as “children of God” and “children of the promise.”<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Stone of stumbling<br><br>Paul explains that while some Gentiles accepted Jesus as their savior by believing in him, most Jews were trying to earn their salvation and so rejected Jesus. Paul, quoting the Old Testament, describes Jesus as a stone that the Jews stumble over when walking. This “stone of stumbling” causes them to “fall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel”<br><br>Paul uses the word “Israel” in this verse with two different meanings. The first “Israel” means the physical descendants of Abraham through Jacob. The second “Israel” means those who are God’s people through faith. The UST reflects this.
 ROM	9	1	b89f			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells of his personal desire that the people of the nation of Israel will be saved. Then he emphasizes the different ways in which God has prepared them to believe.
 ROM	9	1	yg93	figs-doublet	ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι	1	I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie	These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ ROM	9	17	xu7s		ἐξήγειρά σε…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου	1	I … m
 ROM	9	17	nfv5	figs-you	σε	1	you	Here **you** is singular and refers to Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ROM	9	17	pz5x	figs-idiom	ἐξήγειρά σε	1	I raised you up	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing something to be what it is. Alternate translation: “I made you the powerful man that you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	9	17	gps5	figs-activepassive	ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	so that my name might be proclaimed	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	9	17	jp6i	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	my name	Here, **name** is a metonym that could mean: (1) It refers to God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” (2) It refers to God's reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM	9	17	jp6i	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	my name	Here, **name** is a metonym that could refer to: (1) God in all of his being. Alternate translation: “who I am” (2) God's reputation. Alternate translation: “how great I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	9	17	jn7u	figs-hyperbole	ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ	1	in all the earth	“wherever there are people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ROM	9	18	a1uv		ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει	1	whom he wishes, he makes stubborn	God makes stubborn whoever he wishes to make stubborn.
 ROM	9	19	z4j2	figs-you	ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν	1	You will say then to me	Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ ROM	10	4	x1w8		τέλος γὰρ νόμου Χριστὸς	1	For Christ is the
 ROM	10	4	f6pu	figs-explicit	εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for righteousness for everyone who believes	Here, **believes** means “trusts.” Alternate translation: “in order that he may make everyone who trusts in him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	10	5	qby2		τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου	1	the righteousness that comes from the law	“how the law makes a person right before God”
 ROM	10	5	wjn6	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ	1	The man who does the righteousness of the law will live by this righteousness	In order to be made right with God through the law, a person would have to keep the law perfectly, which is not possible. Alternate translation: “The person who perfectly obeys the law will live because the law will make him right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	10	5	qkz4		ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **will live** could mean: (1) This refers to eternal life. (2) This refers to mortal life in fellowship with God.
+ROM	10	5	qkz4		ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. (2) mortal life in fellowship with God.
 ROM	10	6	sr9z	figs-personification	ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει	1	But the righteousness that comes from faith says this	Here, **righteousness** is described as a person who can speak. Alternate translation: “But Moses writes this about how faith makes a person right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	10	6	x7h4	figs-you	μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1	Do not say in your heart	Moses was addressing the people as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ROM	10	6	nwlw	figs-metonymy	μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου	1		Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “Do not say to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -903,9 +903,9 @@ ROM	12	1	rhs3			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul tells what the life of a believer s
 ROM	12	1	d2y3	figs-explicit	παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God	Here, **brothers** refers to fellow believers, both male and female. Alternate translation: “Fellow believers, because of the great mercy that God has given you I very much want you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	12	1	w1mz	figs-synecdoche	παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν	1	to present your bodies a living sacrifice	Here Paul uses the word **bodies** to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God as a living sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ROM	12	1	wuyl	figs-metaphor	παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν	1		Paul is comparing a believer in Christ who completely obeys God to the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive as if you were a dead sacrifice on a temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	12	1	dwr5	figs-doublet	ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ	1	holy, acceptable to God	This could mean: (1) This refers to a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him. (2) This refers to a sacrifice that is **acceptable** to God because it is morally pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+ROM	12	1	dwr5	figs-doublet	ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον, τῷ Θεῷ	1	holy, acceptable to God	This could refer to: (1) a sacrifice that you give to God alone and that pleases him. (2) a sacrifice that is **acceptable** to God because it is morally pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 ROM	12	1	tyk7		τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν	1	This is your reasonable service	“which is the right way to worship God”
-ROM	12	2	clc6	figs-metaphor	μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	Do not be conformed to this world	This could mean: (1) Do not behave as the world behaves. (2) Do not think the way the world does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	12	2	clc6	figs-metaphor	μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	Do not be conformed to this world	This could mean: (1) do not behave as the world behaves. (2) do not think the way the world does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	12	2	pyb6	figs-activepassive	μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	Do not be conformed	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “do not act and think like the world does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	12	2	d2qq	figs-metonymy	τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ	1	this world	Here, **this world** refers to unbelievers who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	12	2	na8p	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός	1	but be transformed by the renewal of your mind	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but let God change the way you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ ROM	12	5	dhx8	figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλ
 ROM	12	5	cutl	figs-activepassive	τὸ δὲ καθ’ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has joined each believer together with all other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	12	6	hrr1	figs-metaphor	ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα	1	We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us	Paul speaks of believers’ different abilities as being free gifts from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	12	6	y267	figs-activepassive	ἔχοντες δὲ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has freely given each of us the ability to do different things for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	12	6	bnk9		κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως	1	let it be done according to the proportion of his faith	This could mean: (1) He should speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us. (2) He should speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.
+ROM	12	6	bnk9		κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως	1	let it be done according to the proportion of his faith	This could mean: (1) he should speak prophecies that do not go beyond the amount of faith God has given us. (2) he should speak prophecies that agree with the teachings of our faith.
 ROM	12	8	m2as	figs-explicit	ὁ μεταδιδοὺς	1	giving	Here, **giving** refers to giving money and other things to people. You can make this meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “if one has the gift of giving money or other goods to people in need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	12	9	iv5h	figs-activepassive	ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος	1	Let love be without hypocrisy	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	12	9	eaw7		ἡ ἀγάπη	1	love	The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
@@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ ROM	12	19	ns3b	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται γάρ	1	For it is written
 ROM	12	19	l2i8	figs-parallelism	ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω	1	Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	12	20	c4ig	figs-you	ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις	1	your enemy … feed him … give him a drink … if you do this, you will heap	The pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ROM	12	20	q7dq		ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ.	1	But if your enemy is hungry … his head	In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of scripture. Alternate translation: “But the scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry, feed him. If he is thirsty, give him a drink. For doing this, you will heap coals of fire on his his head’”
-ROM	12	20	wce6	figs-metaphor	ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ	1	You will heap coals of fire on his head	Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot **coals** on their heads. This could mean: (1) You will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you. (2) You will give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	12	20	wce6	figs-metaphor	ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ	1	You will heap coals of fire on his head	Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot **coals** on their heads. This could mean: (1) you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you. (2) you will give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	12	21	q761	figs-personification	μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν	1	Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good	Paul describes **evil** as though it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	12	21	k8et	figs-activepassive	μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let those who are evil defeat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	12	21	p7fd		μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα…τὸ κακόν	1	Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil	These verbs are addressed as to one person and so are singular.
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ ROM	16	5	bn9z	translate-names	Ἐπαίνετον	1	Epaenetus	**Epaenetus** is t
 ROM	16	5	d1f1	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν	1	firstfruit of Asia to Christ	Paul speaks of Epaenetus as if he were a fruit that he harvested. Alternate translation: “first person in Asia to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	16	6	ew2z	translate-names	Μαρίαν	1	Mary	**Mary** is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	7	tzk4	translate-names	Ἀνδρόνικον	1	Andronicus	**Andronicus** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-ROM	16	7	z9uk	translate-names	Ἰουνίαν	1	Junias	This could mean: (1) This refers to Junia, a woman’s name. (2) It is less likely that it refers to Junias, a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+ROM	16	7	z9uk	translate-names	Ἰουνίαν	1	Junias	This could refer to: (1) Junia, a woman’s name. (2) Junias, a man’s name, although this is less likely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	7	gce3	figs-activepassive	οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις	1	They are prominent among the apostles	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the apostles know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	16	8	h976	translate-names	Ἀμπλιᾶτον	1	Ampliatus	**Ampliatus** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ROM	16	8	alh2		τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	my beloved in the Lord	“my dear friend and fellow believer in the Lord”